HomeMy WebLinkAboutBLAIR CONSTRUCTION WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT FOR FORT GORDON RECREATION AREA AT THURMOND LAKE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON RECREATION AREA AT
THURMOND LAKE
Augusta, Georgia
Prepared for
Augusta-Richmond County Commission
Drew Goins
Interim Director, Augusta Utilities Department
.,
Augusta Utilities Department
360 Bay Street
Suite 180
Augusta, Georgia
July 23, 2009
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON RECREATION
AREA AT THURMOND LAKE
Augusta, Georgia
Augusta-Richmond County Commission
The Honorable Deke S. Copenhaver
Mayor
Betty Beard
Corey Johnson
Joe Bowles
Alvin Mason
Calvin Holland
Joe Jackson
Jerry Brigham
Jimmy Smith
J. R. Hatney
Don Grantham
Drew Goins
Interim Director, Augusta Utilities Department
Augusta Utilities Department
360 Bay Street
Suite 180
Augusta, Georgia
July 23, 2009
SECTION
IB
P
BB
A
NA
NP
CO
PB
GC
SGC
TS-O
TS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
# OF PAGES
2
11
2
3
1
1
1
5
52
1
1
93
Instructions to Bidders
Proposal
Bid Bond
Agreement
Notice of Award
Notice to Proceed
Change Order
Performance and Payment Bonds
General Conditions
Supplemental General Conditions
Index to Technical Specifications
Technical Specifications
SECTION IB
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
IB-Ol GENERAL
All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to the OWNER. The proposal
must be filed with the OWNER on or before the time stated in the invitation for bids. Mailed
proposals will be treated in every respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same
requirements.
Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned unopened. Prior to the time
stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be
withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of
contract with the successful bidder.
IB-02 EXAMINATION OF WORK
Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work;
the conformation of the ground; the character, quality and quantity of the facilities needed
preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work; the general and local conditions; and all
other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral
agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the OWNER, either before or
after the execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein.
IB-03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS
No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made
to any bidder orally.
Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the Geri A. Sams, Director
of Purchasing; Purchasing Department; Room 605; 530 Greene Street; Augusta, GA 30911 and to be
given consideration must be received at least ten days prior to the date fixed for the opening of
bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of
written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent by facsimile or US mail to all
prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than five
days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such
addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as
submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents.
IB-04 PREP ARA TION OF BIDS
Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized
representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid forms should be initialed by the person
signing the bid.
Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless specific directions in the
advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to
quote on all items may disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders
shall insert the words "no bid" where appropriate.
Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for.
Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already submitted will be allowed if
submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be
submitted as such, and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids.
IB-I
Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all OWNERs. Bids of
corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature attested by the secretary
thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the proposal.
NOTE: A 10% Bid Bond is required in all cases.
IB-05 BASIS OF AWARD
The bids will be compared on the basis of unit prices, as extended, which will include and cover
the furnishing of all material and the performance of all labor requisite or proper, and completing
of all the work called for under the accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and
described in the specifications.
Where estimated quantities are included in certain items of the proposal, they are for the purpose
of comparing bids. While they are believed to be close approximations, they are not guaranteed. It
is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to check all items of construction. In case of error in
extension of prices in a proposal, unit bid prices shall govern.
IB-06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present satisfactory evidence that he is
skilled in work of a similar nature to that covered by the contract and has sufficient assets to meet
all obligations to be incurred in carrying out the work. He shall submit with his proposal, sealed in
a separate envelope, a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT, giving
reliable information as to working capital available, plant equipment, and his experience and
general qualifications. The OWNER may make such investigations as are deemed necessary to
determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such
additional information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The OWNER reserves the
right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation of him fails to satisfy
the OWNER that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and
to complete the work contemplated therein. Part of the evidence required above shall consist of a
list of the names and addresses of not less than five (5) firms or corporations for which the bidder
has done similar work.
IB-07 PERFORMANCE BOND
At the time of entering into the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall give bond to the OWNER for the
use of the OWNER and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials
under or for the purpose of such contract, conditional for the payment as they become due, of all
just claims for such work, tools, machinery, skill and terms, for saving the OWNER harmless from
all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified, and for
compliance with the laws pertaining thereto. Said bond shall be for the amount of the contract
satisfactory to the OWNER and authorized by law to do business in the State of Georgia.
Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof a certified and effectively dated
copy of the power of attorney.
IB-08 REJECTION OF BIDS
These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made as soon as practicable,
provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved, however to waive any informalities
in bidding, to reject any and all proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if
such action is deemed to be in the best interest of the OWNER.
IB-2
SECTION P
PROPOSAL
DATE:
Gentlemen:
In compliance with you invitation for bids, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor,
equipment and materials, and perform all work for the project referred to herein as:
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON RECREATION AREA AT
THURMOND LAKE
In strict accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of the amounts shown on the bid
schedule attached hereto and totaling:
and
/100 dollars (
).
The undersigned hereby agrees that, upon written acceptance of this bid, he will within 10 days
of receipt of such notice execute a formal contract agreement with the Owner, and that he will provide
the bond or guarantees required by the contract documents.
The undersigned hereby agrees that, if awarded the contract, he will commence the work within
Ten (10) calendar days after the date of written notice to proceed, and that he will complete the work
within one hundred and fifty (150) calendar days after the date of such notice.
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addendum No. Addendum Date
Enclosed is a bid guarantee consisting of
amount of
in the
Respectfully Submitted,
Firm
Address
BY:
TITLE:
,
~I
I
I
I
I
I
J
l
I
:.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTlON P
PROPOSAL
DATE:
Vc~~ 6'.& r- /0 / 2== '7
/
Gentlemen:
In compliance with you invitation for bids, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor,
equipment and materials, and perform all work for the project referred to herein as:
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON RECREATION AREA AT
THURMOND LAKE
In strict accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of the amounts shown on the bid
schedule attached hereto and totali.J.cg:
Five Hundred Forty Four Thousand Four Hundred Dollars
r;,e ~c/~d' ~~ /i",r -a""'Vfc'd/ ~/~ ~/-~~d -:2>~4--r;;
Eleven / $544,400.11
and EkvePJ /100 dollars (I s ~f) ~oc::> ,.tf
The undersigned hereby agrees that, upon written acceptance of this bid, he will within 10 days
of receipt of such notice execute a formal contract agreement with the Owner, and that be will provide
the bond or guarantees required by the contract documents.
The undersigned hereby agrees that, if awarded the contract, he will commence the work within
Ten (10) calendar days after the date of written notice to proceed, and that he will complete the work
within one hundred and fifty (150) calendar days after the date of such notice.
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addendum No. N6Nlildum Date
/.J;;,~e
a bid bond
Enclosed is a bid llliarantee consishnol.~ro ofbi.tPamoun6-.6)64.'44~dC:!'
tJ tJ
/' Z 11 / . / -L.- /- // .-/'/ //-d, &7.2--)
/0 c;? PT- ou:;/ ~~...",~.7_.,,-/ (r::>r,rrv ~.__n_'
I I I
in the
ilmount of
Respectfully Submitted,
, '734/r- ~"'fh./c..,4~;,..-;? " ..:;z:::nL /
/
Firm
---;z:.o, hcr;>)< ?/c:::>
Address
~ / /7 ,?c;~7
~-=-4:' / tJ;:>/"r ,/
/
BY:i(~ f)~R,~~
TITLE:
?/e5 ;ot.,-r--r
-,
1
,
,
\
I \
I \
r \
\
I \
l \
I
,'-
i
~~
,
r-
: Vv
:
r~.
i
r:~
r W6
r--
I W.7
I I
1'-
I
I \<\1-8
r I
' W-9A
-L
BID SCHEDULE
TO ACCOMP ANY THE PROPOSAL OF
BIDDER: 7~r ~,./,f.f;-vc:l;c:>~I'/.:z:;1-[ ,
ADDRESS: 7, c? - /)<:.oX ? 7C7 ~
&/~"-"">, ~ 7c:?~7
I
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT - WATER SYSTEM PROJECT
STANDARD BID SCHEDULE
\ WATER MAIN
r;~~--;::;-~: Does Not Apply to this pcoject \
\ i \
\ W-1B \ LUl.e Hem Does Not Apply to this Project
\~ Line Item Does Not Apply to this Project
\ '
\ WolD \ Line Item Does Not Apply to this Project
\--~- - \
I W-1E \ Line ltem Does Not Apply to this pcoject \
W-1F Line Hem Does Not Apply to this Project
\ LF
I
\
\
-~
\
~
I
\
I
LF
LF
LF
LF
,
.,
i
~=\
LF \
LF \
\ W-1G \
---
\ \N-1H \
\ \N-1I \
1--'
\ W-l}
r W-ZA
~-2B \
I
Line Item Does Not Apply to this Project
LF
\
\
\ -l
\ l
\ J
\ -_\
\ \
. \
--+-----1
\ \
\
Line Item Does Not Apply to this Project
LF
Line Item Does Not Apply to tIlis Project
Line Hem Does Not Apply to this Project
I '
\ LF \
'I _---LI ----
LF
\ LF
I
Line Item Does Not Apply to this Project
LUl.e Item Does Not Apply to this Project
I
'\
\
I
\
\
\
LF
Line Item Does Not Apply to this Project
W-2C \
\
LF
\ \
~ W-2~_ \ Line Hem Does Not Apply to this Project
\ W-2E \ Line Item Does Not Apply to this Project
\ I
\ \
L_ W - 2F \ Line ]tem Does Not A pp 1 Y to this Project
.c----
LF
p-2
t'
.,'
BID BOND
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS. !hat lIe, Blair Construction, Inc.
of pO Box 770, Evans, Georgia 30809
(hereinafter called the Principal),
as Principal, and Western Surety Company
(hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety are held and firm Iy bound unto
City Of Auqusta. GA
530 Greene Street
Augusta, Ga 30901
(hereinafter called the Obligee) in the penal sum of
10% of Bid Amount
Dollars ($ 10% bid amount )
for the payment of which the Principal and the SUl'ety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLlGA TION IS SUO-l. That WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted or is about to submit a proposal
to the Obligee on a contract for
Water Main Replacements for Fort Gordon R~cr~Ation ArPA
NOW, THEREFORE, If the said Contract be timely awarded to the Principal and the Principal shall, within such time as may be
specified, enter into the Contract in writing, and give bond, if bond is required, with surety acceptable to the Obligee for the faithful
performance of the said Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect
Signed and sealed this
16th
day of
October
, 2009
(~%~7 ~
r---..... ;
~~~--r..-
Blair Construction, Inc.
(Seal)
Prineipal
Witness
I
t uJ.lCjJ~~ r?~~
~C"/rck~-7~
Title
'11/1 ~
/(~~- -(J~/
Witness
Western Surety Company
{ By 6/J.LK / .v-r/
Buck Leigh /'
Attorney-in-Fact
S.OOS3/GEEF 10/99
Westet 11 Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY A I' OINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, Thal WESTERN S'
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and St
makc, constitute and appoint
TY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
. -,oulh Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
Thomas 1\1 Albus, Buck Leigh, lndio... )ually
of Columbia, SC, its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with, nower and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalfbonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instrumcnts of similar 0<1:'
- 'n 1 ~ n1imited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the salTIC cxtent as if su- :
Attorney; pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby 1.
'>!mcnts were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
: ond eonfirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and exccuted pursuam :
the shareholders of the eorporation.
: hy authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPAI<, "caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 17th day of October, 2006.
(~'t;:f~?!~
~.' '.> ~ A""/;-)
~. .', . .' 'l' ~
'- ,,~:':;'nit~~O~~~
"'-~
WESTERN
SURETY COMPANY
~~";O'V;"P=;d'",
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this! 7th day of October, 2006, before me personal':- '''Ie Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that
he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dako::, ,; he is the Senior Viee President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and
which executed the above instrument: that he knows the sc;d ,<I corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was
so affixed pursuant to authority givcn by the Board of Dii ,)f said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like aU[hority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporat i, ':
My commission expires
November 30, 2012
+r..~&,.....,....~"....~~",~.,.
~ D. KRE,
,
~~NOTARY P:
'~SOUTH O.L
,
+.........,.....,.."..,..,...A.t..,..,...,-
:.?~............ +
.r
.. ,
.,.~~
"A' SEAL r
>, , .r
.r
',.....~..,..,6ot... +
~
~'P"blk
CERTrFICA TE
r. L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SUR: ,'OMPANY do hereby eertify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporatiO\' ,. :nled on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this -16th-- day of Orrnhpr ,~.
-,-,,#;~Ajf'"1-"';-.........
<f'.+ 0...... "0.'
!~%~~O"'.'~""
~ ::\~ ""~:j
~~":_<7f
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
F O~m P d:2 80-09-06
g. ~~I~SW"'ry
,
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
WATER SYSTEM PROJECT - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
WATER MAIN
ITEMS W-IA through W-3J - All piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall
include costs for piping and installation, trench excavation, trench box, dewatering, asphalt
cutting, normal joints and gaskets, normal backfill, pressure and leakage testing, pipe
sterilization, bacteriological testing, and flushing. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W-4 - Jack and bore line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs
for casing piping, carrier piping, and installation, blasting, asphalt cutting, restrained joints
and gaskets, end seals, and normal backfilL No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W -5 - Select backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the
backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. The volume of
material included shall be the actual measured "in-place" volume. The maximum trench
width used to calculate the volume will be 7 feet. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W-6 - Miscellaneous pipe fittings and connections shall be measured in pounds and
include costs for all fittings and installation including normal joints and gaskets, mechanical
joint restraint, etc., regardless of materiaL No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W-7 - Transition couplings shall be measured individually (each) and shall include
costs for couplings, soil surface preparation, connection to water main, excavation,
asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment
shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-8 - Fire hydrants shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for
hydrants, soil surface preparation, connection to water main, all associated valves and
fittings, concrete pad (if required), excavation, asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal
backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEMS W-9A through W-12 - All valve line items shall be measured individually (each) and
shall include costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation,
dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, all associated fittings, installation, normal backfill,
and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-13 - Tapping sleeve and valves shall be measured individually (each) and shall
include costs for sleeve, valve, associated hardware, valve boxes, temporary
P-8
plugging/ draining of pipeline, excavation, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting,
installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these
items.
ITEM W-14 - Check valves and vaults shall be measured individually (each) and shall
include costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation,
dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, all associated pipe and fittings, installation, normal
backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-15 through W-16 - Long and short side water service connections shall be
measured individually (each) and shall include costs for piping, water meter connection,
dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting (including service markings), installation, normal
backfill, and property restoration. This line item shall include the cost of reconnection of any
existing services, if required. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-17 - Polyethylene pipe wrap shall be measured in linear feet and shall include
costs for pipe wrap materials and installation. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM W-18 - Tie-ins to existing lines shall be measured individually (each) and shall
include costs for piping, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill,
and property restoration. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM W-19 - All cut-in gate valves shall be measured individually (each) and shall include
costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation, dewatering,
asphalt/ concrete cutting, all associated fittings, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No
additional payment shall be made for this item.
ITEM W-20 - Cut and plug existing water line shall be measured individually and shall
include all costs associated with cutting into an existing line and plugging it as detailed in
the plans and specifications. No additional payment shall be made for this item.
ITEM W-21- Miscellaneous concrete shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include
costs for concrete, installation, excavation, dewatering, soil stabilization, pipe stabilization,
asphalt cutting, and normal backfill. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
PAVEMENT STRUCTURES
ITEM P-l - Asphalt overlay shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for
asphalt materials and installation, temporary striping and permanent striping (replaced in
kind), and markers (both temporary and permanent). No additional payment shall be made
for these items.
ITEM P-2 - Aggregate base (10 lh" thick) and asphalt patch (2lh" thick) shall be measured in
square yards and shall include costs for all aggregates (regardless of type), 2lh " graded
aggregate base removal and disposal, bituminous tack coat, asphalt, installation, excavation,
striping (both temporary and permanent), and markers (both temporary and permanent).
The square yardage calculation shall be based upon a standard width of seven (7) feet for
payment purposes. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
P-9
ITEM P-3 - Asphalt pavement leveling shall be measured in tons and shall include costs for
all asphalt (regardless of type) used to create a level road surface prior to asphalt overlay as
authorized by the project representative. The payment shall be based upon confirmed
delivery tickets. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P-4 - Milling shall be measured in square yards and shall include all materials, labor,
equipment, and material removal and disposal costs. No additional payment shall be made
for these items.
ITEMS P-5 through P-6 - Concrete sidewalk and driveways shall be measured in square
yards and shall include costs for existing sidewalk removal and disposal, 3000 psi concrete,
installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. Existing concrete shall be removed to
the nearest joint as directed by the project representative. No additional payment shall be
made for these items.
ITEM P-7 - Asphalt driveway replacement shall be measured in square yards and shall
include costs for existing asphalt removal and disposal, asphalt, installation, site
preparation. Existing asphalt shall be removed to the nearest joint as directed by the project
representative. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P-8 - Curb and/ or gutter placement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include
costs for existing curb and/ or gutter removal and disposal, concrete, installation, site
preparation, formwork, and finishing. No additional payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM P-9 - Curb and gutter removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and
shall include costs for removal and disposal of existing concrete curb and gutter, concrete,
installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. No additional payment shall be
made for these items.
MISCELLANEOUS
ITEM M-l- Flowable fill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for all
materials, labor, equipment, and excess materials. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM M-2 - Rock excavation shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for
blasting, labor, equipment, and material removal and disposal. No additional payment shall
be made for these items.
ITEM M-3 - Foundation backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for
the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities
shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for
these items.
ITEM M-4 - Clearing and grubbing shall be measured in acres and shall include costs for
vegetation removal, stockpiling, disposal and any required permitting. No additional
payment shall be made for these items.
ITEM M-5 - Fence removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and shall
include all costs associated with removal and replacement of the existing fence with new
P-IO
materials of like quality as necessary for water line installation. No additional payment
shall be made for these items.
LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION
ITEM LS-l- Lump sum construction includes, but is not limited to, the items described in
the bid schedule. No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items.
P-ll
Section A
Agreement
THIS AGREEMENT, made on the _ day of , 20--, by and between
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA, BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION,
party of the first part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and
party of the second part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH, that the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, for the considerations hereinafter
named, agree as follows:
ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and
labor necessary, and to perform all of the work shown on the plans and described in the specifications for the
project entitled:
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON RECREA nON AREA AT THURMOND LAKE
and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General
and Special Conditions hereto attached, which are hereby made a part of this agreement.
ARTICLE II - TIME OF COMPLETION /LIQUIDA TED DAMAGES
The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 10 calendar days
after the date of written notice by the OWNER or to the CONTRACTOR to proceed. All work shall be
completed within 150 calendar days with all such extensions of time as are provided for in the General
Conditions.
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the
OWNER, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done
hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. CONTRACTOR agrees that said work shall be
prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure full completion
thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the CONTRACTOR
and the OWNER, that the time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for
completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions
prevailing in this locality.
IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK
WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the CONTRACTOR does hereby agree, as a part of the
consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the OWNER the sum of one thousand and no/lOOs
($1,000.00) Dollars, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set
forth, for each and every calendar day that the CONTRACTOR shall be in default after the time stipulated in
the Contract for completing the work.
The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the CONTRACTOR and the
OWNER because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages
the OWNER would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the
Owner from current periodical estimates.
It is further agreed that time is of the essence for each and every portion of this Contract, and
the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed, if additional time is allowed
for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of this contract.
A-I
ARTICLE III - PAYMENT
(A) The Contract Sum
The OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR for the performance of the Contract the amount
as stated in the Proposal and Schedule of Items. No variations shall be made in the amount except as set forth
in the specifications attached hereto.
(B) Progress Payment
On no later than the fifth day of every month, the Contractor shall submit to the OWNER's
Engineer (hereinafter called, the PROFESSIONAL) an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of
the Contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of
the preceding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner and/ or the
Professional. This estimate shall include only the quantities in place and at the unit prices as set forth in the
Bid Schedule.
On the vendor run following approval of the invoice for payment, the OWNER shall after
deducting previous payments made, pay to the CONTRACTOR 90% of the amount of the estimate on units
accepted in place. The 10% retained percentage may be held by the OWNER until the final completion and
acceptance of all work under the Contract.
ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT
(A) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and
acceptance, the Professional shall witlUn 10 days make such inspection, and when he
finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed, he
will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work
required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the
terms and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the
CONTRACTOR, including the retained percentage, shall be paid to the
CONTRACTOR by the OWNER within 15 days after the date of said final certificate.
(B) Before final payment is due, the CONTRACTOR shall submit evidence satisfactory to
the Professional that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with work have been paid,
except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts
when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond.
(C) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all
claims by the OWNER, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12
months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It
shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR except those previously made and still
unsettled.
(D) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is
materially delayed through no fault of the CONTRACTOR, and the Professional, so certifies, the OWNER
shall upon certification of the Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance
due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted.
Each payment shall be made under the terms and conditions goverrlli1g final payment, except
that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
A-2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three (3)
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first mentioned above.
(SEAL)
OWNER:
AUGUST A, GEORGIA
By:_Cl--:r. 4 'f--
As its Mayor . ~ 'i)<1
~~ ~ I/J 111 /~
Witness I v /
(SEAL)
CONTRACTOR: -:3'4,r L""-?~/-~'''",,,/ :::z;;;,c-~
By:/V,tJ~~.-v-. K. rvt~,~
? .re>/'./~'-7..,c--
As its
Address: ~o. :21~.>< 7,/c;;>
1".
c ~L-~_ ~~
Witness
~c:-_"/ b~ 3=807
/
A-3
~ NOTICE OF AWARD
DATE: 11/30109
CONTRACTOR: BLAIR CONSTRUCTION INC
ADDRESS: P.O.BOX 770
EVANS
City
GA
State
30815
Zip Code
PROJECT: WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT FOR
FORT GORDON RECREATION AREA
THLJRMON[) LAKF
PROJECT NO: 0070
At a meeting of the
AUGUSTA RICHMOND COUNTY
COMMISSION
you were awarded the Contract for the following Project:
held on (Date) 11/17/09
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT FOR FORT GORDON RECREATION AREA THURMOND LAKE
Enclosed please find 5
copies of the Contract Documents for your execution. Please complete the
pages, affixing signatures, dates, notary andlor corporate seals, etc. where necessary and return to this office
10 days from the date of this letter, excluding Legal Holidays.
The Certificate of Insurance must be complete.
Power of Attorney must be submitted in triplicate; an original and two copies is permissible.
Very truly yours,
Augusta Program Management Team
Reciept of this NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged this, the
2009
6/cu~ ~ pn s,h 1/'l c-.
-fA
vP,
Contractor By
Please sign and return one copy of this Notice of Award Acknowledgement to:
Augusta Utilities Department
Attn: Jerry Delaughter
360 Bay Street, Suite 180
Augusta, GA 30901
Title
NOTICE TO PROCEED
DATE:
TO: Blair Construction, Inc.
Attn: William Mutimer
PO Box 770
Evans, GA 30809
PROJECT:
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT THURMOND LAKE PROJECT NO:
ICU 0070
You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement dated
on or before
, and you are to complete the WORK within 150
consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore
Very truly yours,
Augusta Program Management Team
Project Engineer
Receipt of this NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged
This, the
day of
, 2009
Contractor:
By:
Title:
Please sign and return one copy of this Notice to Proceed Acknowledgement to:
Augusta Utilites Department
Attn: Program Managers
360 Bay Street, Suite 180
Augusta, GA 30901
NP-l
PROJECT TITLE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER
co NUMBER
BID ITEM
DATE
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT THURMOND LAKE
PROJECT NUMBER ICU 0070
ORIGINAL CONTRACT DATE
OWNER AUGUSTA-RICHMOND
COUNTYCOMMISSION
PO NUMBER
The following change is hereby made to the contract for the above project:
Description of Change (for a more detailed description see attached proposal):
PAYEE
TOTAL AMOUNT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
$
The contract time will be INCREASED by .Q calendar days as a result of this change.
ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT
PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDER (INCREASE/DECREASE)
THIS CHANGE ORDER (INCREASE/DECREASE)
TOTAL REVISED CONTRACT AMOUNT WITH CHANGE
ORDER
FUNDING NUMBER/ ACCOUNT NUMBER
$
$
$
$
PROPOSED BY: DATE:
CONTRACTOR
REQUESTED BY: DATE:
ENGINEER
SUBMITTED BY: DATE:
DEPARTMENT HEAD
FINANCE ENDORSEMENT: DATE:
COMPTROLLER
RECOMMENDED BY: DATE:
ADMINISTRATOR
APPROVED BY: DATE:
MAYOR
Bond No. 586 68232
PERFORMANCE BOND
Conforms with The American Institute of Architects
A.I.A. document No. A-311
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: that Blair Construction, Inc., PO Box 770, Evans, Georgia 30809
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and, Western Surety Company, CNA Plaza, Chicaqo, Illinois 60685
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-Richmond County Commission, 530 Greene St.,
Room 605, Augusta, Georgia 30911 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of Five Hundred Forty Four Thousand Four Hundred and 11/100 - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. Dollars ($ 544,400.11 .).
for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
Contractor has by written agreement dated
entered into a contract
with Owner for Water Main Replacements for Fort Gordon Recreation Area at Thurmond Lake
(Here insert full name. address and description of project)
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
S.1219/GEEF 10/99
Page 1 of 2
PERFORMANCE BOND
586 68232
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said
Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or
extension of time made by the Owner.
Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be
in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed
Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy
the default, or shall promptly
I) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and
conditions, or
2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance
with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of
the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon
determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest
responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and
Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there
should be a default or a succession of defaults under the
Signed and sealed this
/5" 7!:!
day of
~ec-e.__ ~t!!" ,.-
, Z--c:>;7
~~
s_~~
(Witness)
~ (j ~~~~
(Witness)
S.1219/GEEF 10/99
Page 2 of 2
contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph)
sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the
contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages
for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth
in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract
price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount
payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any
amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to
Contractor.
Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the
expiration of two (2) years from the date on which final payment
under the Contract falls due.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of
any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the
heirs, executors, administrators or successors of the Owner.
Blair Construction, Inc., PO Box 770, Evans;
Georgia 30809
(Seal)
(Principal)
,
w,,~ ~ M fr;"~~-
"?~$'I' ~'?'
(Title)
Western Surety Company, CNA Plaza, Chicago;
Illinois 60685
(Seal)
(Surety)
E L.-' .., -'" L.:. ~fi- A..
Buck Leigh, Attorney-in- ct
(Title)
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
Bond No. 586 68232
Conforms with The American Institute of Architects
A.I.A. Document No. A-311
THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE
OWNER CONDITIONED ON THE FULL AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: that Blair Construction, Inc., PO Box 770, Evans, Georgia 30809
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and, Western Surety Company, CNA Plaza, Chicaqo, Illinois 60685
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-Richmond County Commission, 530 Greene St.,
Room 605, Augusta, GA 30911 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount of Five Hundred Forty
Four Thousand Four Hundred and 11/100 - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - Dollars ($ 544,400.11 ).
for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
Principal has by written agreement dated
, entered into a contract
with Owner for Water Main Replacements for Fort Gordon Recreation Area at Thurmond Lake
(Here insert full name, address and description of project)
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
S.1220/GEEF 10/99
Page 1 of 2
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
586 68232
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter
defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall
remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
I. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Principal or with a Subcontractor of the Principal for labor, material, or
both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the
Contract, labor and material being construed to include that part of water,
gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental of
equipment directly applicable to the Contract.
2. The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and
severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who
has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90)
days after the date on which the last of such claimant's work or labor was
done or performed, or materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue
on this bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final
judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and have
execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any
costs or expenses of any such suit.
3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant:
a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the
Principal, shall have given written notice to any two of the following: the
Principal, the Owner, or the Surety above named, within ninety (90) days
after such claimant did or performed the last of the work or labor, or
furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made, stating
with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to
whom the materials
Signed and sealed this
/5~
day of
-=Oe?e~6e-
,~
~~
s --:O~
(Witness)
7Yi"d ~C..v
(Witness)
S.1220/GEEF 10/99
Page 2 of 2
were furnished, or for whom the work or labor was done or performed.
Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail or
certified mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to the Principal,
Owner or Surety, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for
the transaction of business, or served in any manner in which legal process
may be served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located, save
that such service need not be made by a public officer.
b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which Principal
ceased Work on said Contract, it being understood, however, that if any
limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling the
construction hereof such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to
be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law.
c) Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county
or other political subdivision of the state in which the Project, or any part
thereof, is situated, or in the United States District Court for the district in
which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere.
4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of
any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the
payment by Surety of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against
said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be
presented under and against this bond.
Blair Construction, Inc., PO Box no, EVi3ns,
Georgia 30809
(Seal)
(Principal)
W4a~~I0~~
~ ref' /c/...''P--,L
(Title)
Western Surety Company, CNA Plaza, Chicago.
Illinois 60685
( Seal)
ISuxety)
E ~ U;;i""
Buck Leigh, Attorney- -Fact
-7.~.~.--:-
(Title)
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Thomas M Albus, Buck Leigh, Individually
of Columbia, SC, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 7th day of July, 2009.
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
r0if$'
Paul . Bruflat, Semor Vice President
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this 7th day of July, 2009, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he
resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which
executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so
affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
November 30, 2012
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+
~ D. KRELL ~
, ,
$~NOTARY PUBLIC~$
'~SOUTH DAKOTA ,
, ,
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+
~
~Mlk
My commission expires
CERTIFICATE
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this /,5'& day of pec::.e...- bey" , ~?
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
q: ~~,~s,-,
Fonn F4280-09-06
ACORQM
CERTIFICATE OF liABILITY INSURANCE
DATE (MMIDDIYYYY)
PRODUCER (770)246-8300 FAX (770)246-8301
Sutter, McLellan & Gilbreath, Inc.
1424 North Brown Road
Suite 300
Lawrenceville, GA 30043-8107
INSURED Bl ai r Constructi on, Inc. and Evans Gradi ng
& Paving, LLC and Southern Asphalt, LLC
P. O. Box 770
Evans, GA 30809
12/14/2009
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MAHER OF INFORMATION
ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
AL TER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER A National Trust Insurance
INSURER B FCCI Insurance CO.
INSURER C: Hanover Insu rance CO.
INSURER D:
INSURER E:
NAIC#
COVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR ~~~i TYPE OF INSURANCE 6.PT~~~~g~1 ~~~lfiM~~~~~~ LIMITS
LTR POLICY NUMBER
GENERAL LIABILITY CPPOO04476 02/14/2009 02/14/2010 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1 , 000 , OOC
I-c-c-
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 100,00C
= ~ CLAIMS MADE [K] OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 5,00e
A PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,00C
X Explosion excluded GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,OOO,00C
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS. COM PlOP AGG $ 2,OOO,00C
I POLICY /Xl j~8T n LOC
ffiOMOBILE LIABILITY CA 0005458 02/14/2009 02/14/2010 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $ 1 , 000 , DOC
f---
ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
f--- (Per person) $
SCHEDULED AUTOS
A 7
HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
7 $
NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident)
'-- .
- PROPERTY DAMAGE $
(Per accident) ~
GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY. EA ACCIDENT $
=j ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $
AUTO ONLY: AGG $
EXCESS I UMBRELLA LIABILITY UMBOO02841 02/14/2009 02/14/2010 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,00e
tKJ OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ 5 , 000 , OOC
B $
@ DEDUCTIBLE $
X RETENTION $ 10,00e $
WORKERS COMPENSATION 010 WC08A 54981 02/14/2009 02/14/2010 X I TORY LIMITS I IU~~'
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
Y/N OFFICERS INCLUDED 1 , 000 , ODe
A ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVO E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L. DISEASE. EA EMPLOYEE $ 1 , 000 , ooe
(Mandatory in NH)
If yes, describe under I E. L. DISEASE. POLICY LI MIT $ 1,000,00C
SPECIAL PROVISIONS below
OTHER IHA4999540 02/14/2009 02/14/2010 $310,000 anyone item
Leased & Rented
C quipment $500,000 policy limit
~ESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCA TIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS
roject: Water Main Replacement For Fort Gordon Recreation Area
ontract: $544,400.11
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLA TION
Augusta, Georgia Commission
Room 60S
Municipal Building
AUQusta, GA 30911
ACORD 25 (2009/01)
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN
NonCE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL
IMPOSE NO OBLlGA nON OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR
REPRESENT A nVES.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
.~'l";/' L.. /\ IJ
,/ /~ '- p~'----
Mark Ja nes CSP/LINDAM
@ 1988-2009 ACORD CORPORA TION.
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
All rights reserved.
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
This Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized
representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend,
extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25 (2009/01)
ARTICLE I--DEFlNITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the
meanings indicated, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof:
Addenda - Any changes, revisions or clarifications of the Contract Documents which have been duly issued by
OWNER to prospective Bidders prior to the time of opening of Bids.
Agreement - The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be
performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided
therein.
Application for Payment - The form accepted by PROFESSIONAL which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required
by the Contract Documents.
Bid - The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price(s) for the
Work to be performed.
Bonds - Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security furnished by CONTRACTOR
and its Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Change Order - A document recommended by PROFESSIONAL, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER, and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price
or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
Contract Documents - The Agreement: Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents); CONTRACTOR's
Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the
Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement; the Bonds; these General Conditions; the
Supplementary Conditions; the Plans, Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically
identified in the Agreement; Certificates of Insurance; Notice of Award; and Change Order duly delivered
after execution of Contract together with all amendments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.3 and 3.5 or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
Contract Price - The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated
in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
Contract Time - The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2.1) or the date stated in the
Agreement for the completion of the Work.
CONTRACTOR - The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
COUNTY - Richmond County, Georgia, or Augusta, Georgia, political subdivisions of the State of Georgia,
the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, and its authorized designees, agents, or employees.
Day - Either a working day or calendar day as specified in the bid documents. If a calendar day shall fall on a
legal holiday, that day will be omitted from the computation. Legal Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther
King Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and the following Friday,
and Christmas Day.
GC-1
Defective - An adjective which, when modifying the word Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or
deficient, does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection,
reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to
PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been
assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion (in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
Drawings - The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have
been prepared or approved by PROFESSIONAL and are referred to in the Contract Documents.
Effective Date of the Agreement - The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no
such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed by the Mayor of Augusta, Georgia.
Field Order - A written order issued by PROFESSIONAL that modifies Drawings and Specifications, but which
does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time.
General Requirements - Sections of Division I of the Specifications.
Laws or Regulations - Laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and/ or orders.
Notice of Award - The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon
compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the
time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement.
Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL)
fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to
perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents.
OWNER - Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta-Richmond County Commission.
Partial Utilization - Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended or for a
related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work.
PROFESSIONAL - The Architectural/Engineering firm or individual or in-house licensed person designated
to perform the design and/ or resident engineer services for the Work.
Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the
whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Project Area - The area within which are the specified Contract Limits of the improvements contemplated to be
constructed in whole or in part under this Contract.
Project Manager - The professional in charge, serving OWNER with architectural or engineering services, his
successor, or any other person or persons, employed by said OWNER, for the purpose of directing or having
in charge the work embraced in this Contract.
Resident Project Representative-The authorized representative of PROFESSIONAL who is assigned to the site or
any part thereof.
GC-2
Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically
prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures,
standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier
and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work.
Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor - An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any
other SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion - The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of PROFESSIONAL as evidenced by PROFESSIONAL's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or
specified part) can be used for the purposes for which it is intended, or if there be no such certificate issued,
when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and
"substantially completed" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General
Conditions.
Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor.
Underground Facilities - All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other
such facilities or attachments, and any encasement containing such facilities which have been installed
underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum
products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other
control systems, or water.
Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work - The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be
furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and
furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive - A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by PROFESSIONAL, ordering an addition, deletion or
revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to
be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Work Change
Directive may not change the Contract Price or the Contract Time but is evidence that the parties expect that
the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract
Time as provided in Article 10.
Written Amendment - A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the non-
engineering or non-technical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents.
GC-3
ARTICLE 2-PREUMINARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with these
Contract Documents.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. After the award of the Contract, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR, at no cost, one (1) complete set of
the Contract Documents for execution of the work. Additional sets of the project manual and drawings
and/ or individual pages or sheets of the project manual or drawings will be furnished by COUNTY upon
CONTRACTOR's request and at CONTRACTOR's expense, which will be OWNER's standard charges for
printing and reproduction.
Commencement of Contract Time, Notice to Proceed:
2.3. The Contract Time shall commence as established in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed
may be given at any time after the Effective Date of the Contract.
Starting the Project:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall begin the Work on the date the Contract Time commences. No Work shall
be done prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences. Any Work performed by CONTRACTOR
prior to date on which Contract Time commences shall be at the sole risk of CONTRACTOR.
Before Starting Construction:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to PROFESSIONAL any conflict, error,
ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from PROFESSIONAL before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. CONTRACTOR shall
be liable to OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, if CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof.
2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER for review:
2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the
Work:
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions, and
GC-4
2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items
aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve
as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of
overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be confirmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at
the time of submission.
2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each
additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, an original policy or certified copies of each
insurance policy (and other evidence of insurance which OWNER may reasonably request) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5.
Pre-construction Conference:
2.8. Before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, OWNER,
PROFESSIONAL and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the
parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in 2.6 as well as procedures for handling Shop
Drawings and other submittals, processing applications for payment and maintaining required records.
Finalizing Schedules:
2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment, a conference attended by
CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the
schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10)
calendar days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress
payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted and acceptable to OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL as provided below. The finalized progress schedule will be acceptable to OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified
Milestones and the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on PROFESSIONAL
responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve
CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefore. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and
Sample submissions will be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL as providing a workable arrangement for
reviewing and processing the submissions. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values shall be approved by
PROFESSIONAL as to form and substance.
CONTRACTOR, in addition to preparing an initially acceptable schedule, shall be responsible for maintaining
the schedule, including updating schedule. Schedule updates shall include progression of work as compared
to scheduled progress on work. Schedule updates shall accompany each pay request.
GC-5
ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE
Intent:
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary: what is called for by one is as binding as
if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of
Georgia.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may
reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being
required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words
or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe
Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment
or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in 3.6 or 3.7, the provisions of the Contract
Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the
provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any such standard, specification, manual, code or
instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) and the
provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an
interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or
Regulation). Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by PROFESSIONAL
as provided in paragraph 9.4.
3.4. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific
or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect
atthe time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may
be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
3.5. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any
such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification,
manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in 6.7, CONTRACTOR shall so report to
PROFESSIONAL in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby and shall obtain a
written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to
OWNER or PROFESSIONAL for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof.
GC-6
Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.6. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work
or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways:
3.6.1. a formal Written Amendment,
3.6.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.3), or
3.6.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.4).
As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a
Change Order or a Written Amendment.
3.7. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented and minor
variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways:
3.7.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5).
3.7.2. PROFESSIONAL's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.24 and 6.26), or
3.7.3. PROFESSIONAL's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse of documents:
3.8. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to
or OWNERSHIP rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof)
prepared by or bearing the seal of PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant; and they shall not reuse
such Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) on extensions of the Project or
any other project without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and specific written verification
or adaptation by PROFESSIONAL.
GC-7
ARTICLE 4-A V AILABIUTY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
Availability of Lands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is
to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated
for the use of CONTRACTOR. Necessary easements or rights-of-way will be obtained and expenses will be
borne by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or
extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's
furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or easements, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as
provided in Articles 11 and 12. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto
that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
Physical Conditions:
4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those
reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized in
preparing the Contract Documents and those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface
or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized in
preparing the Contract Documents.
4.2.2. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports
and drawings. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance
on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER,
PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's Consultants with respect to:
4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be
employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated
in such drawings, or
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data,
interpretations, opinions or information.
4.2.3. If conditions are encountered, excluding existing utilities, at the site which are (1) subsurface or
otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract
Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those
ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character
provided for in the Contract Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall give OWNER notice thereof promptly
before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 48 hours after first observance of the conditions.
4.2.4. The OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall promptly investigate such conditions, and, if they differ
materially and cause an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of
any part of the Work, the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall recommend an equitable adjustment in the
Contract Price or Contract Time, or both. If the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL determine that the conditions
at the Site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or are not materially
GC-8
different from those ordinarily found and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the
PROFESSIONAL shall notify CONTRACTOR of the determination in writing. The Work shall be performed
after direction is provided by the PROFESSIONAL.
Physical Conditions - Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data
furnished to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless
it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:
4.3.1.1. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of
any such information or data; and
4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall
have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data for locating all
Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the Work with the
OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities during construction, for the safety and protection thereof as
provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of
which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price.
4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to
the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not
reasonably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof
and before performing any Work affected thereby except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22,
identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that OWNER and to
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will promptly review the Underground Facility to
determine the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the
consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or
supplemented to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety
and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed
an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are
attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract
Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties
are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as
provided in Articles 11 and 12.
Reference Points:
4.4. OWNER shall provide Engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in
PROFESSIONAL's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or
relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to PROFESSIONAL
whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in
grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference
points by professionally qualified personnel.
GC-9
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material:
4.5 OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive
Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or
identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial
danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be
responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone
else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.
4.6 CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all work in connection with such hazardous condition and in
any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by 6.22), and (ii) notify OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with
PROFESSIONAL concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous
condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in
connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any
required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice (i) specifying that
such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii)
specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and
CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract
Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is
agreed by CONTRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11
and 12.
4.7 If after receipt of such special written notice, CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based
on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then
CONTRACTOR may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous conditions or
in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to
entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result
of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11
and 12. OWNER may have deleted such portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces or others in
accordance with Article 7.
4.7.1 The provisions of 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste
or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site.
GC-lO
ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance and Other Bonds:
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as Security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under
the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final
payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All
Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed
by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as
Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds, and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570
(amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent
must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act.
Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance
5.2.1 All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by
CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in
the State of Georgia to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. All bonds
signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of authority to act. Such surety and insurance
companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the
Supplementary Conditions.
5.2.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in 5.3, an
original or a certified copy of the complete insurance policy for each policy required, certificates of insurance
(and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with 5.3.
5.2.3. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its
right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the
requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and
Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance:
5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as
is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set
forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work
and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or
furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefits and other similar
employee benefit acts;
5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
CONTRACTOR's employees;
GC -11
5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other
than CONTRACTOR's employees;
5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any
person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by
CONTRACTOR, or (b) by any other person for any other reason;
5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom;
5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or for damage to property; and
5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising
out of the OWNERSHIP, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.
The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific coverage's and be written for not less
than the limits of liability and coverage's provided in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by law,
whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations
insurance. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or
other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be
canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given
to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL by certified mail. All such insurance shall remain in effect until final
payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective
Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed
operations insurance for at least two years after final payment and furnish OWNER with evidence of
continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter.
Contractual Liability Insurance:
5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual liability
insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraphs 6.32 and 6.33.
OWNER's Liability Insurance:
5.5. OWNER shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining OWNER's own liability insurance, and/ or
Risk Retention Program, and, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect
OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents.
Property Insurance:
5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain
property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible
amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This
insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL and
GC-12
PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured
parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for
physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage,
and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, losses
and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any
insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and
other PROFESSIONALs). If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in the
Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on
portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included
in an Application for Payment.
5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property
insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include
the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL's
consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties.
5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and
maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement
that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty
days prior written notice has been given to CONTRACTOR by certified mail and will contain waiver
provisions in accordance with paragraph of 5.11.2.
5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the
Interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts
that are provided in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the deductible amount will be
borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property
insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's
own expense.
5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance
policy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to
CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work
at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been
procured by OWNER.
Waiver of Rights:
5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for all losses and damages caused by
any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and
other property insurance applicable to the Work, and also waive all such rights against the Subcontractors,
PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as insureds in such policies for
losses and damages so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcontract between CONTRACTOR and
a Subcontractor will contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of OWNER,
CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as insureds.
None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds
of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued.
GC-13
5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 shall
protect all of the parties insured and provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the
perils covered thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of
payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any of the parties named as
insureds or additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by
PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant, OWNER will obtain the same, and if such waiver forms
are required of any Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same.
Receipt and Application of Proceeds:
5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted
with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject
to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a
separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the
parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or
replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an
appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment.
Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds
5.13. OWNER, as trustee, shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise
of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER, as trustee, shall make settlement with the insurers in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If required in writing by any party in
interest, OWNER as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper
performance of such duties.
Acceptance of Insurance:
5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to
be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its
not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing thereof within
ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.7. If
CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of insurance
required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis
of their not complying with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thereof
within ten days of the date of delivery, of such certificates to CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph
2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of
insurance provided by each as the other may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to
give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insurance
purchased by the other as complying with the Contract Documents.
GC-14
Partial Utilization - Property Insurance:
5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10
provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance
have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The
insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the
property insurance shall not be canceled or lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy.
Indemnification
5.16.1. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, and its employees and agents from and
against all liabilities, claims, suits, demands, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising
out of or resulting from the performance of its Work, provided that any such liability, claim, suit, demand,
damage, loss, or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury to or
destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in
part by an act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or not it is caused in whole or in
part by the negligence or other fault of a party indemnified hereunder.
5.16.2. In any and all claims against OWNER or any of its agents or employees by any employee of
CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under the previous paragraph shall
not be limited in any way as to the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for
CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or
other employee benefit acts.
5.16.3. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and anyone directly or indirectly
employed by it from and against all claims, suits, demands, damages, losses expenses (including attorneys'
fees) arising out of any infringement on patent or copyrights held by others and shall defend all such claims in
connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
GC-15
ARTICLE 6--CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention
thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of
others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract
Documents.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work, at all times during its progress, a competent resident
superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL except
under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site
and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall
be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment:
6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and layout the Work
and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain
good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work
or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all
Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit
evening work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's
written consent given after prior written notice to PROFESSIONAL.
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery,
tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other
facilities and incidentals whether temporary or permanent necessary for the execution, testing, initial
operation, and completion of the Work as required by the Contract Documents.
6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. If required by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no
provision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's
consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance
of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.14
or 9.15.
Adjusting Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9
adjustments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments; these will conform
GC-16
generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the
General Requirements applicable thereto.
Substitutes or "Or-Equal" Items:
6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the
name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the naming of the item is intended to
establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no
substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by PROFESSIONAL if
sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the
material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by
PROFESSIONAL will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements. Requests for
review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by PROFESSIONAL from anyone
other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or
equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make written application to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance thereof,
certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for
by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that
specified. The application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not
prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the
substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of
any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute
and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of
any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the
application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will
also contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such
substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of
which shall be considered by PROFESSIONAL. In evaluating the proposed substitute, PROFESSIONAL may
require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR's expense, additional data about the proposed
substitute.
6.7.2. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required
by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence,
technique or procedure of construction acceptable to PROFESSIONAL, if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient
information to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that
indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will be
similar to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied by PROFESSIONAL and as may be supplemented in
the General Requirements.
6.7.3. PROFESSIONAL will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute.
PROFESSIONAL will be the sole judge of acceptability and no substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized
without PROFESSIONAL's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an
approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR's expense, a
special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. PROFESSIONAL will record
time required by PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed
by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not
PROFESSIONAL accepts a proposed substitute, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of
PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute.
GC-17
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others:
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
(including those acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2) whether
initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may have reasonable objection.
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other
persons or organizations including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment to
be submitted to OWNER prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER's or PROFESSIONAL's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written
objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract
Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked
on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall submit an
acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference, and the cost occasioned by such
substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance
by OWNER or PROFESSIONAL of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall
constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to reject defective Work.
6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all acts and omissions of
the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work
under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for
CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual
relationship between OWNER or PROFESSIONAL and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to payor to see to
the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as
may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate
agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the
applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL
and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a
just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies issued
pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7.
Patent Fees and Royalties:
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or
device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and
hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them
from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees and court and arbitration
GC-18
costs arising out of any infringement on patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of
the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device
not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged
infringement of such rights.
Permits:
6.13. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses, governmental charges and
inspection fees, and all public utility charges which are applicable and necessary for the execution of the
Work. All permit costs shall be included in the base bid. Permits, if any, that are provided and paid for by
OWNER are listed in the Supplementary Conditions. Any delays associated with the permitting process will
be considered for time extensions only and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed.
Laws and Regulations:
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and
Regulations, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's
compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that any of the Contract Documents are contradictory to such laws, rules,
and regulations, it will notify the Project Manager promptly in writing. Any necessary changes shall then be
adjusted by an appropriate Change Order. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it knows or should
have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations and without such notice to the
Project Manager, it shall bear all related costs.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the
performance of the Work.
Use of Premises:
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits and
easements. CONTRACTOR shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Any loss or damage to CONTRACTOR's or any Subcontractor's equipment is
solely at the risk of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the OWNER or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by any
such OWNER or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt
to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or at law.
CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER
GC-19
harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of
PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising
directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such other party
against OWNER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris or contaminants resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as
well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave
the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will
endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses
or pressures that will endanger them.
Record Documents:
6.19. Contractor shall keep at the site and in good order one record copy of the Contract Documents and all
Drawings and Specifications. These documents shall be annotated on a continuing basis to show all changes
made during the construction process. These shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and the Project Manager
and shall be submitted with the Application for Final Payment.
Safety and Protection:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall assume all risk of loss for stored equipment
or materials, irrespective of whether CONTRACTOR has transferred the title of the stored equipment or
materials to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide
the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
6.20.1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby;
6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the
site; and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction
for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and
maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERs of
adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility OWNERs when prosecution of the Work may
affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their
property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly
or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or
GC-20
organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss
attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or
PROFESSIONAL or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be
liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CON-
TRACTOR). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and PROFESSIONAL has issued a notice to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR in accordance, with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise
expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).
6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of its organization whose duty shall be the
prevention of accidents at the site. This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise
designated in writing by CONTRACTOR to the Project Manager.
Emergencies:
6.22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from PROFESSIONAL or
OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give
PROFESSIONAL prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work
or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a
change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a
Work Change Directive or Change Order be issued to document the consequences of the changes or
variations.
6.22.1. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify PROFESSIONAL of all events involving injuries to any
person on the Site, whether or not such person was engaged in the construction of the Project, and shall file a
written report on such person(s) and any other event resulting in property damage of any amount within five
(5) days of the occurrence.
6.22.2. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the
action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Order will be issued to
document the consequences of such action.
Shop Drawings and Samples:
6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit to
PROFESSIONAL for approval, in accordance with the accepted schedule of submittals, all submittals and
samples required by the Contract Documents. All submittals and samples shall have been checked by and
stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR and identified as PROFESSIONAL may require. The data
shown on or with the submittals will be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials and
any other information necessary to enable PROFESSIONAL to review the submittal as required. At the time
of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give notice to PROFESSIONAL of all deviations that the submittal
or sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6.24. PROFESSIONAL shall review and approve submittals and samples. Professional's review and approval
shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information
GC-21
given in the Contract Documents. The approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the
assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR will make any corrections required by
PROFESSIONAL and resubmit the required number of corrected copies until approved. CONTRACTOR's
stamp of approval on any submittal or sample shall constitute its representation to PROFESSIONAL and
OWNER that CONTRACTOR has determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction
criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that each submittal or sample has been reviewed or
coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.
6.24.1. No Work requiring a submittal or sample submission shall commence until the submission has been
approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of each approved submittal and each approved sample shall be kept
in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER. Any
delays associated with the submittal process will be considered for time extensions only, and no damages or
additional compensation for delay will be allowed.
6.24.2. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and
verified all quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample
with other Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.
6.24.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL specific written notice of
each variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract
Documents, and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing submitted to
PROFESSIONAL for review and approval of each such variation.
6.26. PROFESSIONAL will review and approve with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and samples,
but PROFESSIONAL's review and approval will be only for conformance with the design concept of the
Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract
Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item
as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
6.27. PROFESSIONAL's approval of submittals or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has,
in writing, called PROFESSIONAL's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and the
OWNER has given written approval to the specific deviation; any such approval by PROFESSIONAL shall
not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the submittals.
6.28. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of shop
drawings and sample submissions accepted by PROFESSIONAL as required, any related work performed
prior to PROFESSIONAL's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and
responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
GC-22
Continuing the Work:
6.30. CONTRACTOR shall carryon the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.6 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise
agree in writing.
Cleaning Up:
6.31. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the site free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other
debris or contaminants resulting from the work on a daily basis or as required. At the completion of the
work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from the site as well as all tools,
construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and will leave the Site clean and ready for
occupancy by OWNER. All disposal shall be in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. In
addition to any other rights available to OWNER under the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR's failure to
maintain the site may result in withholding of any amounts due CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will
restore to original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract
Documents.
Indemnification:
6.32. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and their consultants, agents and employees from and against all
claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to fees and
charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs and court and arbitration
costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage,
loss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of
tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in
whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or
organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party
indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any
such party.
6.33. In any and all claims against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL or any of their consultants, agents or
employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of
them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.32 shall not be limited in any way by
any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR
or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers' or workmen's compensation acts,
disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
6.34. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.32 shall not extend to the liability of
PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or employees arising out of the preparation or
approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications.
GC-23
ARTICLE 7---0THER WORK
Related Work at Site:
7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, have other
work performed by aided OWNERs or let other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General
Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract
Documents, written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work, and,
if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or
requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may
make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
7.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility OWNER and other contractor who is a party to such a direct
contract for OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees, proper and
safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and
equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs.
CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several
parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any
work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work
with the written consent of PROFESSIONAL and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and
responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility OWNERs and other
contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct
contracts between OWNER and such utility OWNERs and other contractors.
7.2. If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such
other contractor or utility OWNER (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to
PROFESSIONAL in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or
unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an
acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or
nonapparent defects and deficiencies in the other work.
Coordination:
7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the person or
organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various
prime contractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the specific matters to be covered
by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such authority and responsibilities
will be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall have any authority or responsibility in respect of such
coordination.
GC-24
ARTICLE 8---0WNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to
CONTRACTOR through the PROFESSIONAL.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of PROFESSIONAL, OWNER shall appoint a PROFESSIONAL
against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents
shall be that of the former PROFESSIONAL. Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be
subject to arbitration.
8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall
make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing Engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying
and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site and in existing structures which have been utilized by PROFESSIONAL in preparing the Drawings
and Specifications.
8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are
set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.8.
8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.3.
8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph
13.4.
8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1.
Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain
circumstances.
GC-25
ARTICLE 9---PROFESSIONAL'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
OWNER's Representative:
9.1. PROFESSIONAL will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of PROFESSIONAL as OWNER's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL.
Visits to Site:
9.2. PROFESSIONAL will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction
to observe the premises and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is
proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. PROFESSIONAL will not be required to make
exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. PROFESSIONAL's
efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work
will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations as an
experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL will keep OWNER informed of the
progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work.
Project Representation:
9.3. If OWNER and PROFESSIONAL agree, PROFESSIONAL will furnish a Resident Project Representative to
assist PROFESSIONAL in observing the performance of the Work. The duties, responsibilities and limitations
of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the
Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not
PROFESSIONAL's agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other
person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
Clarifications and Interpretations:
9.4. PROFESSIONAL shall issue such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in
the form of Drawings or otherwise) as may be determined necessary, or as reasonably requested by
CONTRACTOR, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract
Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification and interpretation entitles it to an increase
in the Contract Price and/ or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim as provided for in Articles 11
or 12.
Authorized Variations in Work:
9.5. PROFESSIONAL may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are consistent
with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be
binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If
CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
GC-26
Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may
make a claim therefore as provided in Article 11 or 12.
Rejecting Defective Work:
9.6. PROFESSIONAL will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which PROFESSIONAL believes to be
defective and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in
paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments:
9.7. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.23
through 6.29 inclusive.
9.8. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11 and 12.
9.9. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment, etc., see
Article 14.
Determinations for Unit Prices:
9.10. PROFESSIONAL will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed
by CONTRACTOR. PROFESSIONAL will review with CONTRACTOR PROFESSIONAL's preliminary
determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an
Application for Payment or otherwise). PROFESSIONAL's written decisions thereon will be final and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either
OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to PROFESSIONAL written
notice of intention to appeal from such a decision.
Decisions on Disputes:
9.11. PROFESSIONAL will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge
of the acceptability of the Work there under. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of
the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance
and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes to the Contract Price or
Contract Time will be referred initially to PROFESSIONAL in writing with a request for a formal decision in
accordance with this paragraph, which PROFESSIONAL will render in writing within a reasonable time.
Written notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant to
PROFESSIONAL and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days after
the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto) and written supporting data will be submitted to
PROFESSIONAL and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless PROFESSIONAL allows
an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim.
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, PROFESSIONAL will not
show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or
GC-27
decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to
paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been
waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition
precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other
matter.
Limitations on PROFESSIONAL's Responsibilities:
9.13. Neither PROFESSIONAL's authority to act under this Article or elsewhere in the Contract Documents
nor any decision made in good faith to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of
PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees.
9.14. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures or the safety precautions and programs used. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.15. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractors, any agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work.
GC-28
ARTICLE lO--CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1. Without invalidating the Contract, OWNER may at any time or from time to time order additions,
deletions, or revisions in the Work. The OWNER shall provide CONTRACTOR with a proposal request,
identifying the Work to be added, deleted or revised. Upon receipt, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit a
written proposal for the changed work prepared in accordance with Articles 11 and 12. If the proposal
request calls only for the deletion of Work, the OWNER may order the partial suspension of any Work
related to the proposed deletion, in which case CONTRACTOR must cease performance as directed;
CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim lost profits on deleted work. All changed Work shall be
executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents.
10.2. Additional Work performed by CONTRACTOR without authorization of a Change Order will not entitle
CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of
an emergency as provided in Article 6. The effect of this paragraph shall remain paramount and shall prevail
irrespective of any conflicting provisions contained in these Contract Documents.
10.3. Upon agreement as to changes in the Work to be performed, Work performed in an emergency as
provided in Article 6, and any other claim of CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the
Contract Price, PROFESSIONAL will prepare a written Change Order to be signed by PROFESSIONAL and
CONTRACTOR and submitted to OWNER for approval.
10.4. In the absence of an agreement as provided in 10.3, OWNER may, at its sole discretion, issue a Work
Change Directive to CONTRACTOR. Pricing of the Work Change Directive will be in accordance with
Section 11.3. The Work Change Directive will specify a price, and if applicable a time extension, determined
to be reasonable by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR fails to sign such Work Change Directive; CONTRACTOR
may submit a claim in accordance with Articles 11 and 12, but CONTRACTOR shall nevertheless be obligated
to fully perform the work as directed by the Work Change Directive.
10.5. CONTRACTOR shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work as directed by OWNER,
regardless of pending claim actions, unless otherwise agreed to in writing.
10.6. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of
any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and
the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
GC-29
ARTICLE ll-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to written authorized adjustments)
payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to
or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price.
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for
an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making
the claim to the other party and to PROFESSIONAL promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the
occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the
amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim)
and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts
(direct, indirect and consequential) to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event.
All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for
an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2.
11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be determined by the following procedures:
11.3.1. Designated Unit Price (Field Measure). CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize and acknowledge that
the quantities shown for those items designated in the Bid Proposal as unit price items are approximations
prepared by OWNER for bid purposes and that the actual compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for the
utilization of such items is based upon the application of unit prices to the actual quantities of items involved
as measured in the field and required to complete the Work as originally defined in the Contract Documents.
11.3.2. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion, or revision to the Work, as defined in
these Contract Documents, is required and affects the quantities required for items designed in the Bid
Proposal as unit price items, CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree that the compensation payable to
CONTRACTOR for such unit price items shall be adjusted accordingly by a Change Order based upon the
application of the appropriate unit prices shown in the Bid Proposal to the quantity of the unit price item
required to complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents.
11.3.3. Other Unit Prices. For items not designated in the bid proposal as unit prices, OWNER and
CONTRACTOR may establish unit prices as agreed on by Change Order.
11.3.4. Lump Sum. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion or revision to the Work is
required which results in a change in Work designated in the Bid Proposal as a lump sum item, the amount of
increase or decrease in the lump sum price shall be established by mutual agreement of the parties.
11.3.5. If the pricing methods specified in 11.3 are inapplicable, or if the parties are unable to agree on a price
for the changed work, a reasonable price for the same shall be established by OWNER in accordance with 11.4
and 11.5. OWNER shall then process a unilateral Change Order, specifying the said reasonable price, in
accordance with 11.4 through 11.6. CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work as directed in the Change Order.
11.3.6. Failure on the part of CONTRACTOR to construct any item to plan or authorized dimensions within
the specification tolerances shall result in: reconstruction to acceptable tolerances at no additional costs to
OWNER; acceptance at no pay; or acceptance at reduced final pay quantity or reduced unit price, all at the
GC -30
discretion of OWNER. Determinations of aggregate monetary change for items identified as lump sum
quantities shall be made by OWNER based upon an analysis of the scope of CONTRACTOR's failure to
construct to plan or authorized dimensions.
Cost of the Work:
11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR
in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such
costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the
following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5:
11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work
under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for
employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits
which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' or
workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay
applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of
performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the
above to the extent authorized by OWNER.
11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash
discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to
make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. Trade discounts, rebates and
refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and
CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained.
11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If
required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to
CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who then determines, with the advice of
PROFESSIONAL, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid
on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the
same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions
of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories,
surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work.
11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following:
11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's
employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery,
appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are
consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed
which remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
GC-31
11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from
CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of
PROFESSIONAL, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal
thereof - all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery
or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable,
imposed by Laws and Regulations.
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty
payments and fees for permits and licenses.
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated by insurance or otherwise, to the
Work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the
Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by
OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6) provided they have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them
or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written
consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the
Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires
reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee
proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site.
11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site,
expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.
11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work and
premiums of property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by OWNER
in accordance with paragraph 5.6.
11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following:
11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of
partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors,
accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel
employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for
general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job
classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4-all of which are to be
considered administrative costs covered by CONTRACTOR's Fee.
11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal area branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the
site.
11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital used for
the Change Order Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
GC-32
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the
Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by
subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above).
11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly,
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the
correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any
damage to property.
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
CONTRACTOR's Fee:
11.6. CONTRACTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows:
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee, or if none can be agreed upon;
11.6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work:
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be fifteen percent,
11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall five percent; and if a
subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on
account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent,
11.6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.3,
11.6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results
in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's
Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease, and
11.6.2.5. when both additions and credits are involved in anyone change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's
Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.4,
inclusive.
11.7. For all changes, CONTRACTOR shall submit an itemized cost breakdown, together with supporting
data in such detail and form as prescribed by the Project Manager. When a credit is due, the amount of credit
to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will
be the amount of the actual net decrease in direct cost as determined by the Project Manager, plus the
applicable reduction in overhead and profit. When both additions and credits are involved in any change, the
combined overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net change, whether an increase or
decrease. In any event, the minimum detail shall be an itemization of all man-hours required by
discipline/trade with the unit cost per man-hour and total labor price, labor burden, equipment hours and
rate for each piece of equipment, material by units of measure and price per unit, other costs specifically
itemized, plus the overhead and profit markup.
GC -33
Cash Allowances:
11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and
for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL CONTRACTOR
agrees that:
11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials
and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not
in the allowances. No demand for additional payment on account of any thereof will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by PROFESSIONAL to
reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price
shall be correspondingly adjusted.
Unit Price Work:
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially
the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the
established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of
each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not
guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price.
Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR
will be made by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with Paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to
cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item.
11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially
and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and there is no
corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes that
CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an
increase in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
of any such increase.
GC-34
ARTICLE 12--CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any request for an extension in the
Contract Time shall be made in writing and delivered to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within seven (7)
calendar days of the occurrence first happening and resulting in the claim. Written supporting data will be
submitted to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within fifteen (15) calendar days after such occurrence unless the
OWNER allows additional time. All claims submitted by CONTRACTOR for adjustments to the Contract
Time must set forth in detail the reasons for and causes of the delay and clearly indicate why the subject delay
was beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault.
12.2. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the performance, progress, commencement, or completion of
the Work by any act or neglect of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL, or by an employee of either, or by any
separate CONTRACTOR employed by OWNER, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes,
fire, unavoidable casualties, utility conflicts which could not have been identified or foreseen by
CONTRACTOR using reasonable diligence, or any causes beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault, then the
Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as OWNER may determine.
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to an extension of time for such causes only for the number of days of delay
which OWNER may determine to be due solely to such causes and only to the extent such occurrences
actually delay the completion of the Work and then only if CONTRACTOR shall have strictly complied with
all the requirements of the Contract Documents. Provided, however, notwithstanding anything in the
Contract Documents to the contrary, no interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the
performance, progress, commencement or completion of the Work for any cause whatsoever, including those
for which OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may be responsible in whole or in part, shall relieve CONTRACTOR
of its duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from OWNER.
CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy against OWNER for interruption, interference, inefficiency,
suspension or delay of any aspect of the Work shall be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time in
accordance with the procedures set forth herein.
GC-35
ARTICLE 13 - WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION,
REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Warranty and Guarantee:
13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER that all materials and equipment will be new
unless otherwise specified and that all work will be of good quality, performed in a workmanlike manner,
free from faults or defects, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and any
inspections, tests, or approvals referred to in this Article. All unsatisfactory Work, all faulty Work and all
Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or such inspections, tests, approvals, or
all applicable building, construction and safety requirements shall be considered defective. Notice of all
defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR by PROFESSIONAL. All defective work, whether or not in place,
may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article.
Access to Work:
13.2. For the duration of the Work, PROFESSIONAL and its representatives, other designated representatives
of OWNER, and authorized representatives of any regulatory agency shall at all times be given access to the
Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper facilities for such access and observation of the Work and also
for any inspection or testing by others.
Tests and Inspections:
13.3. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having
jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL timely notice of readiness therefore.
13.4. The testing firm(s) (if assigned by OWNER to this Work) and all such inspections, tests, or approvals
provided for by OWNER shall be identified in writing by PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR. All other
inspections, tests or approvals shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense including additional expenses for
inspection and tests required as a result of delays by CONTRACTOR or hours worked in excess of 40 hours
per week. For all required inspections, tests, and approvals on any Work prepared, performed, or assembled
away from the site, CONTRACTOR will furnish PROFESSIONAL with the required Certificates of Inspection,
testing, or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American
Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the
Contract Documents. Materials or Work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be retested at the
direction of PROFESSIONAL and at CONTRACTOR's expense.
13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any public body
having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR (or by
PROFESSIONAL if so specified).
13.6. If any Work (including the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without
written concurrence of PROFESSIONAL, it must, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for
observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given
PROFESSIONAL timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and PROFESSIONAL has not
acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
GC-36
13.7. Neither observations by PROFESSIONAL or Project Manager nor inspections, tests, or approvals by
persons other than CONTRACTOR shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations to perform the Work in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Uncovering Work:
13.8. If any Work required to be inspected, tested or approved is covered prior thereto without the prior
written approval of PROFESSIONAL, or if any Work is covered contrary to the request of PROFESSIONAL,
the Work shall, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation, inspection, testing or
approval and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.
13.9. If PROFESSIONAL considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
PROFESSIONAL or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at PROFESSIONAL's request, shall
uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as PROFESSIONAL may
require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is
found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct and consequential costs of such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction (including but
not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs), and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price and, if the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 11. If, however,
such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or
an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation,
inspection, testing and reconstruction, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent
thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Stop the Work:
13.10. When Work is defective or when CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable
materials or equipment or make prompt payments to Subcontractors for labor, materials, or equipment or if
CONTRACTOR violates any provisions of these Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to
stop the Work until the cause for such order has been eliminated. However, this right of OWNER to stop the
Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR or any other party. CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim an increase in the Contract
Price or Contract Time or other damages for a stop work order under this paragraph.
Correction or Removal of Defective Work:
13.11. When directed by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and as
specified by PROFESSIONAL, either correct the defective Work whether fabricated, installed, or completed,
or remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not correct such
defective Work or remove and replace such defective Work within a reasonable time, as specified in a written
notice from PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may have the deficiency corrected. All direct and indirect costs of
such correction shall be paid by CONTRACTOR or deducted from payment to CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR will also bear the expense of correcting or removing and replacing all Work of others
destroyed or damaged by the correction, removal, or replacement of the defective Work.
GC-37
One Year Correction Period:
13.12. If, after approval of final payment and prior to the expiration of one year after the date of substantial
completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable
special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any Work or materials are found to be defective,
incomplete, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall promptly,
without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions, either correct such defective
Work or if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Site and replace it with non-defective Work. If
CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, OWNER may have the
defective Work corrected, removed, or replaced. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal
and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.
Acceptance of Defective Work:
13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior
to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, PROFESSIONAL) prefers to accept it, OWNER may
do so. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to OWNER's
evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by
PROFESSIONAL as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to PROFESSIONAL's
recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim
therefore as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate
amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OWNER May Correct Defective Work:
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of PROFESSIONAL to proceed to
correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by PROFESSIONAL in accordance
with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents,
OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In
exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously, to the extent
necessary to complete corrective and remedial action. OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part
of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto,
take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's
representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of OWNER
in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved as to
reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions
in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease
in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a
claim therefore as provided in Article 11. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs will include, but not be
GC-38
limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court costs and all
costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or
replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the
Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of
OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder.
Neglected Work by CONTRACTOR
13.15. If CONTRACTOR neglects to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including
any requirements of the progress schedule, PROFESSIONAL may direct CONTRACTOR to submit a recovery
plan and take specific corrective actions including, but not limited to, employing additional workmen and/ or
equipment, and working extended hours and additional days, all at no cost to OWNER in order to put the
Work back on schedule. If CONTRACTOR fails to correct the deficiency or take appropriate corrective action,
OWNER may terminate the contract or CONTRACTOR's right to proceed with that portion of Work and have
the Work done by others. The cost of completion under such procedure shall be charged against
CONTRACTOR. A Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents, including an appropriate reduction in the Contract Price. If the payments due CONTRACTOR
are not sufficient to cover such amount, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER.
13.16. Should CONTRACTOR work overtime, weekends or holidays to regain the schedule, all costs to
OWNER of associated inspection, construction management and resident engineers shall be identified to
CONTRACTOR and the Contract Price reduced by a like amount via Change Order.
GC -39
ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Schedule of Values:
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and
will be incorporated into a form of application for Payment acceptable to Project Manager. Progress
payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.
Application for Progress Payment:
14.2. At least twenty (20) calendar days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more
often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for review an application for
Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the work completed as of the date of the
application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered
and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall
also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received
the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are
covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all
of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. Payment is subject to a ten percent (10%) retainage that will be held
until the final payment or acceptance by OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments
will be as stipulated in the Agreement.
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the
time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
Review of Applications for Progress Payment:
14.4. PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either
indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to OWNER, or return the
application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing PROFESSIONAL's reasons for refusing to recommend
payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
application. OWNER shall, within thirty-one calendar days of presentation to him of the application for
payment with PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of the amount for payment, pay CONTRACTOR amount
recommended.
14.5. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will
constitute a representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER, based on PROFESSIONAL's on-site observations
of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL and on PROFESSIONAL's
review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that the Work has
progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of PROFESSIONAL's knowledge, information and belief,
the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents subject to an evaluation of the Work as
a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for
in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under
GC-40
paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation; and that CONTRACTOR is
entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such payment,
PROFESSIONAL will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous on-site
inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities
specifically assigned to PROFESSIONAL in the Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters or
issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER
to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
14.6. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by
PROFESSIONAL to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to final
payment as set forth in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled.
14.7. PROFESSIONAL may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in
PROFESSIONAL's opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. PROFESSIONAL
may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the
results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent
as may be necessary in PROFESSIONAL's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because:
14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement.
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order.
14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph
13.14. or
14.7.4. of PROFESSIONAL's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive.
OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL because claims
have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work or
Liens have been filed in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling OWNER to a off-set
against the amount recommended, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a
copy to PROFESSIONAL) stating the reasons for such action.
Substantial Completion:
14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use, CONTRACTOR shall notify
OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items
specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that PROFESSIONAL issue a certificate of
Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL
shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not
consider the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the
reasons therefore. If PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will
prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of
Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during
which to make written objection to PROFESSIONAL as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If,
after considering such objections, PROFESSIONAL concludes that the Work is not substantially complete,
GC-41
PROFESSIONAL will, within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify
CONTRACTOR in writing stating the reasons therefore. If, after consideration of OWNER's, objections,
PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will within said fourteen days
execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a
revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative
certificate as PROFESSIONAL believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the
time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL will deliver to
OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final
payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat,
utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so
inform PROFESSIONAL prior to PROFESSIONAL's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, PROFESSIONAL's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR
until final payment.
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial
Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the
tentative list.
Partial Utilization:
14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, and
CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by
OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the
remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the
following:
14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part
of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If
CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that said part of the
Work is substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion
for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing
that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially
complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the
Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL
shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL
does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify OWNER
and CONTRACTOR, in writing, giving the reasons therefore. If PROFESSIONAL considers that part of the
Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect
thereof and access thereto.
14.10.2. OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR, in writing, to permit OWNER to take over
operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will
be sent to PROFESSIONAL and, within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and
PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion, and
PROFESSIONAL will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final
payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writing to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that such part of the
GC-42
Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, PROFESSIONAL will finalize the list of items to be
completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written
recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties and
guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the
time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so
informed PROFESSIONAL). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the
Work, OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to
complete other related Work.
14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance
with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance.
14.10.4. OWNER, may at its discretion, reduce the amount of retainage subject to Beneficial Occupancy.
Final Inspection:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed upon portion thereof is
complete, PROFESSIONAL will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify
CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or
defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such
deficiencies.
Final Application for Payment:
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of PROFESSIONAL and
OWNER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by 5.2,
certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make
application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for
Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required, (H) consent of the
surety, if any, to final payment, and (Hi) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to
OWNER) of all liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of
liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or release in full and an affidavit of
CONTRACTOR that (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which
a lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with
the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or
otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full,
CONTRACTOR may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against
any lien.
14.12.1. No application for final payment will be accepted by OWNER until approved as-built documents by
CONTRACTOR are accepted and approved by PROFESSIONAL.
14.12.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of these contract documents to the contrary, OWNER and
PROFESSIONAL are under no duty or obligation whatsoever to any vendor, materials provider,
GC -43
Subcontractor, laborer or other party to ensure that payments due and owing by CONTRACTOR to any of
them are or will be made. Such parties shall rely only on CONTRACTOR's surety bonds for remedy of
nonpayment by him. CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and resolve all claims made by Subcontractors,
indemnifying OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all claims arising from or resulting from Subcontractor or
supplier or material men or laborer services in connection with this project.
14.12.3. General Indemnity: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for any damages
sustained, including lost profits, resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure or refusal to perform the work
required by these contract documents.
Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.13. If, on the basis of PROFESSIONAL's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection
and PROFESSIONAL's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as
required by the Contract Documents, PROFESSIONAL is satisfied that the Work has been completed and
CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, PROFESSIONAL will,
within ten (10) working days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing
PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the
same time PROFESSIONAL will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is
acceptable subject to the provisions of 14.6. Otherwise, PROFESSIONAL will return the application to
CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. After the presentation to
OWNER of the application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with
PROFESSIONAL's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by
PROFESSIONAL will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.
14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
PROFESSIONAL so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment
and recommendation of PROFESSIONAL and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by
OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract and if
bonds have been furnished as required in Article 5, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR
to PROFESSIONAL with the application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
CONTRACTOR's Continuing Obligation:
14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by PROFESSIONAL,
nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR
under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor
any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to paragraph
14.13, nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will constitute an acceptance of Work not in
accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents (except as provided in paragraph 14.16).
GC -44
Waiver of Claims:
14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:
14.16.1. A waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled
liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to 14.11, from failure to comply with the
Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's
continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and
14.16.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled.
GC -45
ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
OWNER May Suspend Work:
15.1. OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of
not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL which will fix the
date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed.
CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or
both, directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefore as
provided in Articles 11 and 12.
Termination for Cause:
15.2. Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events:
15.2. 1. if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code
(Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CONTRACTOR takes any equivalent or
similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such time
relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency;
15.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as now
or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief
against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or
insolvency;
15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
15.2.4. if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is appointed under applicable law
or under contract, whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is for the
purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such
property for the benefit of CONTRACTOR's creditors;
15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inability to pay its debts generally, as they become due;
15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time);
15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of PROFESSIONAL; or
15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents,
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if there be one) seven days' written notice and to
the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude
GC-46
CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by
CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all
materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are
stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall
not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the
Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of completing the Work (including but not
limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs and court
and arbitration costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance,
CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER will be approved as to
reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL and incorporated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights or
remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work
performed.
15.3. In the event OWNER terminates the contract for cause and it is subsequently judicially determined that
there was no cause for termination, the termination for convenience provision will be the means for
disposition of the balance of the contract obligations.
Termination for Convenience
15.4. Upon seven working days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract.
In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
15.4.1. For completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the
effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
15.4.2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing
labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work,
plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses;
15.4.3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, suppliers and others; and
15.4.4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss
arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.5. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any
retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from
liability.
GC-47
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate:
15.6. If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
calendar days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or PROFESSIONAL fails to act
on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty-one days to
pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may upon seven working
days' written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and provided OWNER or PROFESSIONAL did not
remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER
payment on the same terms as provided in 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, if PROFESSIONAL has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty
days after it is submitted or OWNER has failed for thirty-one calendar days after it is submitted to pay
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice
to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL stop the Work until receipt of payment of all such amounts due
CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude
CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract
Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as
permitted by this paragraph. The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the
obligations under paragraph 6.30 to carryon the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without
delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER.
GC-48
ARTICLE 16--DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.1. All disputes arising under this Contract or its interpretation whether involving law or fact or both, or
extra work, and all claims for alleged breach of contract shall within ten (10) working days of the
commencement of the dispute be presented by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for decision. All papers
pertaining to claims shall be filed in quadruplicate. Such notice need not detail the amount of the claim but
shall state the facts surrounding the claim in sufficient detail to identify the claim, together with its character
and scope. In the meantime, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work as directed. Any claim not
presented within the time limit specified in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been waived, except that
if the claim is of a continuing character and notice of the claim is not given within ten (10) working days of its
commencement, the claim will be considered only for a period commencing ten (10) working days prior to the
receipt by OWNER of notice thereof. Each decision by OWNER will be in writing and will be mailed to
CONTRACTOR by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, directed to his last known address.
16.2 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof shall be decided under Georgia
Law in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. CONTRACTOR by execution of the Contract
consents to jurisdiction and venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia, and waives any right
to contest same.
GC-49
ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS
Giving Notice:
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be
deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an
officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice.
Computation of Time:
17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday
or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted
from the computation.
17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall
constitute a day.
General:
17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts
the other party is legally liable, claim should be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of
the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as
a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and
obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the
rights and remedies available to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to
be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are
otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated
specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy
to which they apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents will
survive final payment and termination or completion of the Agreement.
17.5. CONTRACTOR shall keep adequate records and supporting documentation applicable to this Work
and Contract. Said records and documentation shall be retained by CONTRACTOR for a minimum of five (5)
years from the date of final completion or termination of this Contract. OWNER shall have the right to audit,
inspect, and copy all such records and documentation as often as OWNER deems necessary during the period
of the Contract and for a period of five (5) years thereafter provided, however, such activity shall be
conducted only during normal business hours. OWNER, during this period of time, shall also have the right
to obtain a copy of and otherwise inspect any audit made at the direction of CONTRACTOR as concerns the
aforesaid records and supporting documentation.
GC-50
17.6. The Contract Documents are intended by the Parties to, and do, supersede any and all provisions of the
Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.c.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provisions of the Contract
Documents are inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, this provision of the Contract
Documents shall control.
17.7. Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest shall be
due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to the Contract Documents and CONTRACTOR
specifically waives any claim to same.
Substitutions:
17.8. Notwithstanding any provision of these general conditions, there shall be no substitutions of
materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents
without an amendment to the contract.
Sanitary Sewer Overflow Prevention:
17.9. Procedures to Prevent Overflows During Sanitary Sewer Construction:
17.9.1 The CONTRACTOR is hereby notified that the discharge of any untreated wastewater to waters of the
State is a violation of Georgia Water Quality Regulations and is prohibited.
17.9.2 The CONTRACTOR will submit an Emergency Response Plan prior to beginning work. This plan will
include a list of key personnel with 24-hour contact information who will respond during an emergency
situation. The ERP will include estimates of mobilization time for a response crew to arrive onsite. Any
changes to the Emergency Response Plan will be submitted to the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE
prior to implementation.
17.9.3 In the event bypass pumping is required to facilitate new sewer construction, bypassing plans and
supporting calculations must be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review prior to
establishment of the bypass. All bypass systems will include complete redundancy in pumping systems, if
failure of the primary pumping system could result in a discharge of untreated wastewater to waters of the
State.
17.9.4 Bypass pumping will be monitored continuously by a person knowledgeable in pump operation and
maintenance if the failure of the bypass pump could result in the discharge of untreated wastewater to waters
of the State.
17.9.5 In the event of a discharge of untreated wastewater, the CONTRACTOR will take the following actions:
1. Take immediate steps to eliminate or minimize the discharge of untreated wastewater.
2. Immediately notify the Utilities Department dispatcher (706.796.5000) and the RESIDENT
PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (contact information will be provided at the preconstruction
conference).
3. Maintain a chronicle of relevant information regarding the incident including specific actions
taken by the CONTRACTOR and estimates of the discharge volume.
17.9.6 The RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE will coordinate notification of the GeorgiarGC-51
Environmental Protection Division (800.241.4113) and the Augusta Emergency Management Agency if
appropriate.
17.9.7 If, in the opmlOn of the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE and the OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR is not responding to an emergency situation in an appropriate manner, the Utilities
Department will undertake necessary actions to abate an overflow situation. The cost of these actions will be
the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
17.9.8 Following a discharge of untreated wastewater, a downstream inspection will be conducted by the
Utilities Department to assess potential mitigation measures that may be required of the CONTRACTOR.
GC-52
SECTION SGC
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
CONTRACTOR'S Liability Insurance
Insurance shall be written with limits of liability shown below or as required by law, whichever
is greater:
· Commercial General Liability (per occurrence) Each Occurrence
· General Aggregate
· Products
· Personal & Adv Injury
· Fire Damage
· Automobile Liability (any auto) Combined Single Limit
· Excess Liability (Umbrella) Each Occurrence
· Workers Compensation
· Employer Liability
$ 1,000,000
$ 2,000,000
$ 2,000,000
$ 1,000,000
$ 500,000
$1,000,000
$5,000,000
Statutory Limits
$ 1,000,000
SECTION TS-O
INDEX TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION
011100
02 4113.23
024114
02 4119
3111 00
31 23 10
31 25 00
32 12 13
33 05 01.02
33 1113
33 12 19
33 13 00
Summary of Work
Utility Line Removal
Pavement Removal and Replacement
Selective Structure Demolition
Clearing and Grubbing
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
Water Service Connections
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
Water Utility Distribution Fire Hydrants
Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 0111 00
Summary of Work
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
A. The Work to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and performing all Work
required to construct complete in place and ready to operate the following water
mains:
1. Main Line along Pike Avenue
a. Install a connection to a Columbia County owned lO-inch water
main near the intersection of Washington Road and Pike
Avenue.
b. From the intersection of Washington Road and Pike Avenue,
install approximately 8,300 LF of 8-inch water main complete
with isolation valves, fire hydrants, water meter, and backflow
prevention devices. Approximately 700 LF of the 8-inch main
will be on Bass Drive between Pike Avenue and Bluegill Road.
c. Install a 2-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve the existing storage facilities.
Reconnect the new 2-inch service main to the existing service
main.
d. Install a 2-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve 8 existing cabins. Reconnect the new
2-inch service main to the existing service main.
e. Install a 2-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve the existing store. Reconnect the new
2-inch service main to the existing service main.
f. Install a I-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve the existing bathhouse and marina.
g. Transfer individual service lines to the existing bathhouse and
marina to the new I-inch service main.
h. Provide demolition of an existing well and well house off Pike
Avenue near the guard shack.
2. Branch Line along Deer Drive
a. From the intersection of Pike Avenue and Deer Drive, install
approximately 1,500 LF of 6-inch water main complete with
isolation valves and fire hydrants.
b. Install services to 5 existing cabins with I-inch service lines
complete with meters and backflow prevention devices.
3. Branch Line along Trout Road
a. From the intersection of Pike Avenue and Trout Road, install
approximately 900 LF of 6-inch water main complete with
isolation valves and fire hydrants.
b. Install a 2-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve a bathhouse and a RV Park.
TS-1
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 0111 00
Summary of Work
Reconnect the new 2-inch service main to the existing service
mam.
4. Branch Line along Bluegill Road
a. From the intersection of Pike Avenue and Bluegill Road, install
approximately 1,000 LF of 6-inch water main complete with
isolation valves and fire hydrants.
b. Install a 2-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve a future Convention Center.
c. Install a I-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve the existing building. Reconnect the
new I-inch service main to the existing service main.
d. Provide demolition of an existing water tank at the intersection
of Bass Drive and Bluegill Road.
5. Branch Line along Bass Drive
a. From the intersection of Bluegill Road and Bass Drive, install
approximately 1,000 LF of 8-inch water main complete with
isolation valves and fire hydrants.
b. Install a I-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve 1 future Six-plex.
c. Install a I-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to the existing six-plex. Reconnect the new 1-
inch service main to the existing service main.
d. Install a 2-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve a future RV Park.
e. Install a I-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve an existing building at the end of the
cul-de-sac. Reconnect the new I-inch service main to the existing
service main.
6. Branch Line along Army Road
a. From the intersection of Pike Avenue and Army Road, install
approximately 600 LF of 6-inch water main complete with
isolation valves and fire hydrants.
b. Install a 2-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to an existing building and campground to
the new 6-inch main. Reconnect the new 2-inch service main to
the existing service main.
c. Install a I-inch service main complete with meter and backflow
prevention device to serve an existing campground. Reconnect
the new I-inch service main to the existing service main..
7. Replace roadway surfaces, curb and gutter, sidewalks, roadway
structures and driveways. Restore all disturbed ground surfaces.
8. Prepare and submit traffic control plans to the City's Construction
Manager.
TS-2
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 0111 00
Summary of Work
9. Install sedimentation and erosion control devices as required. Remove
after control of sediment and erosion runoff has been established.
10. Make provisions for central construction worksite field office and storage
area.
11. Perform all duties necessary for construction cleanup and project close
out.
12. Maintain and produce record as-built drawings.
13. Locate all underground utilities prior to excavation activities.
14. Provide services for testing of soil, and asphalt and cementitious
concrete as required.
15. Provide construction surveying as necessary.
B.
All Work described above shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and as
specified.
1.02
Project Location
The project location is along inside the Fort Gordon Recreation Area at
Thurmond Lake off Washington Road in the City of Augusta, GA.
1.03
Quantities
The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of work to be performed or to
extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found necessary,
and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased.
Payment for such increased or decreased quantity will be made in accordance
with the Instructions to Bidders. No allowance will be made for any change in
anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or
invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract and Bond.
END OF SECTION
TS-3
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4113.23
Utility Line Removal
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A.
The work covered under this Section includes furnishing all labor, equipment
and material required to remove, handle, store and dispose of all materials from
existing structures and piping as shown on the Drawings, directed by the
Engineer or required for the completion of the work, including all necessary
excavation and backfilling.
B.
The Contractor shall remove from existing structures and store as directed or
dispose of in an approved manner, all valves and piping, mechanical equipment,
plumbing, heating, electrical and ventilating fixtures, pipes, ducts, wires and
equipment, doors and windows, floor grating and cover plates, steel stairs, pipe
railing and the like which are not to remain in service in the finished work,
whether or not shown on the Drawings and/ or specified herein.
c.
The work specified herein and shown on the Drawings is intended to give a
general idea of the scope of this work but must not be construed as covering it
entirely. The Contractor shall visit the site and judge the amount of work
required and the problems Contractor might encounter in the performance of the
work.
1.02
Equipment and Piping to be Removed
A.
The existing equipment and piping to be removed and disposed of shall include,
but not be limited to, the following:
1. Provide demolition of an existing water tank at the intersection of Bass
Drive and Bluegill Road.
2. Provide demolition of an existing well and well house on Pike Avenue
near the guard shack.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Materials
A. All concrete, mortar, grout, steel reinforcement and backfill used in patching,
plugging or repairing shall comply in all respects with the applicable material
requirements of these Specifications.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Removal
A. The Contractor shall exercise full care and shall use such methods and
equipment during removal as will maintain the usefulness of the various
materials and equipment removed. The sequence and order of removal and the
method of storing and disposal of removed equipment and piping shall be at all
times subject to the direction and approval of the Engineer.
TS-4
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4113.23
Utility Line Removal
B. Any damage done to structures or equipment during removal and any patching,
plugging of holes or repairs necessitated because of removal of equipment and
piping shall be repaired as directed by, and to the satisfaction of, the Engineer
and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract Price.
C. Equipment specified to be removed shall be removed completely, including all
related accessories and concrete bases. Any embedded items such as anchor
bolts, steel reinforcement, conduit and piping shall be cut off I-inch below
adjacent finished surfaces. The surface shall then be repaired to match adjacent
surfaces in finish and appearance.
D. Prior to removing any electrical equipment, all power to the equipment shall be
shut off and properly locked out. All power and control wiring for the
equipment shall then be disconnected at the starter or circuit breaker, as
applicable, and removed from the conduit. Unused conduits shall be plugged.
E. Blemishes or unsightly areas on walls and floors left after removal of equipment
shall be cleaned and refinished as necessary to match adjacent surfaces.
F. All holes and openings left after removal of equipment shall be filled or plugged
to provide a neat and workmanlike appearance.
G. Where piping designated for removal passes through concrete walls, the
openings shall be suitably plugged or capped. Wall pipes and wall sleeves shall
be sealed with blind flanges or mechanical joint plugs. Steel pipe sleeves shall be
filled with non-shrink grout.
H. Where equipment or piping designated for removal serves to support other
equipment or piping designated to remain in service, the Contractor shall
provide permanent supports in place of the removed equipment and piping.
Where it is necessary to temporarily remove other equipment, piping or electrical
work in order to gain access to an item of equipment or piping designated for
removal, the Contractor shall restore all such equipment, piping or electrical
work to its original condition.
I. Abandoned Piping: Existing vitrified clay, concrete, PVC, cast iron and steel
piping to be abandoned shall be cut and plugged or capped at each end. Where
existing piping interferes with new piping or construction, it shall be removed
beyond the limits required for the proper completion of the work and the open
ends plugged or capped unless otherwise shown.
J. Piping and Valve Reinstallation: The Contractor shall include in the Contract
Price the cost of removing, refitting, and reinstalling certain pipe, fittings and
valves as shown on the Drawings or as deemed by the Engineer to be satisfactory
for reuse.
K. Removal of Existing Concrete and Masonry: Existing concrete and masonry shall
be removed and disposed of in accordance with the requirements of Section
02075 of these Specifications
L. Storage: All salvageable materials removed shall remain the property of the
Owner and shall be carefully moved and stored on the plant site where directed
TS-5
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4113.23
Utility Line Removal
by the Engineer. Mechanical and electrical equipment shall be stored indoors. If
the equipment is too large to store indoors, it shall be stored outdoors above
ground and under cover.
M. Disposal: The Engineer will direct the Contractor to assume ownership of and
dispose of off site any removed equipment, piping and materials which the
Engineer deems worthless and shall be hauled to a disposal site secured by the
Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with all requirements of
federal, state, county and municipal regulations. No debris of any kind shall be
deposited in any stream or body of water, or in any street or alley. No debris
shall be deposited upon any private property except with written consent of the
property owner. In no case shall any material or debris be left on the Project,
shoved onto abutting private properties or buried on the Project.
L. The cost of disposing of any or all of the removed equipment, plpmg and
materials shall be included in the lump sum price bid and no separate payment
will be made therefore.
END OF SECTION
TS-6
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Part 1 General
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
Scope
A.
The work to be performed under this Section shall consist of removing and
replacing existing pavement, sidewalks and curbs in paved areas where
necessary for construction of water lines and all other water appurtenances and
structures.
B.
Existing pavement, sidewalks and curbs shall be replaced to the current City
standards or to match existing, whichever is more stringent.
Submittals
A.
Certificates: Provide certificates stating that materials supplied comply with
Specifications. Certificates shall be signed by the asphalt producer and the
Contractor.
B.
Mix Design: Submit mix design for each course to the Engineer for acceptance.
c.
Asphalt spreader equipment shall be approved by the Engineer. Submit design
and operational data.
D.
Traffic paint manufacturer's application instructions and a description and other
data relative to the Contractor's application equipment and methods shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Conditions
A.
Weather Limitations
1. Apply bituminous prime and tack coats only when the ambient
temperature has been at least 55 degrees F for 12 hours immediately
prior to application.
2. Do not conduct paving operations when surface is wet or contains excess
of moisture which would prevent uniform distribution and required
penetration.
3. Construct asphaltic courses only when atmospheric temperature in the
shade is above 40 degrees F, when the underlying base is dry and when
weather is not rainy.
4. Place base course when air temperature is above 35 degrees F and rising.
B.
Grade Control: Establish and maintain the required lines and grades for each
course during construction operations.
Inspection and Testing
A.
Pavement and base testing will be performed by an independent testing
laboratory selected by the Owner.
TS-7
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
B. The testing agency shall test in-place courses for compliance with specified
density, thickness and surface smoothness requirements.
C. The testing agency shall take two 4-inch diameter cores per 500 square yards of
paved surface at locations selected by the Engineer for density and thickness
tests. Repair holes resulting from coring to match existing paving.
D. Compaction
1. Aggregate Base: The maximum dry density will be determined from
representative samples of the material being compacted by AASHTO
T180, Method D.
2. Asphaltic Concrete: Compare density of in-place material against
laboratory specimen of same mixture, subjected to 50 blows of a
Standard Marshall hammer on each side of specimen. Minimum
acceptable density of in-place material shall be 97 percent of recorded
laboratory specimen density. It is intended that acceptance density
testing will be accomplished while the bituminous mixture is hot enough
to permit further densification if such is shown to be necessary. If the
density does not conform to the requirements stated herein above, the
Contractor shall continue compactive effort until the required density is
obtained.
E. Concrete Strength: One set of acceptance and field cylinders (a total of four)
from the same batch of concrete will be made for each 50 cubic yards or fraction
thereof, not less than once for each 3,000 square feet of pavement in each day's
placing for each class and mix design.
1. Acceptance cylinders are compression test cylinders molded in the field,
stored and cured in the field for the first 24 hours after molding and
thereafter in the laboratory of the testing agency until time of testing.
Average breaking strength at 28 days of a set of two acceptance cylinders
will comprise a test.
2. Field cylinders are compression test cylinders molded in the field, stored
and cured on the work site in the same location and subject to the same
exposure as job concrete of which it is a representative. Each set of two
acceptance cylinders will have two matching field cylinders.
3. One field cylinder will be broken at seven days and the remaining will be
held in reserve.
F. Allowable Variation in Thickness
1. Base Course: :!:l/2-inch.
2. Binder Course: :!:l/4-inch.
3. Surface Course: :!:l/8-inch.
TS-8
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Part 2
2.01
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
G. Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asphalt course for smoothness
using a 16 foot straightedge. Intervals of tests shall be as directed by the
Engineer. Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the following:
1. Base Course: 1/ 4-inch in 16 feet.
2. Binder Course: 1/ 4-inch in 10 feet.
3. Surface Course: 1/8-inch in 10 feet.
H. Contractor's Duties Relative to Testing
1. Notifying laboratory of conditions requiring testing.
2. Coordinating with laboratory for field testing.
3. Paying costs for additional testing performed beyond the scope of that
required and for retesting where initial tests reveal non-conformance
with specified requirements.
Products
Materials and Construction
A.
Graded Aggregate Base Course: Graded aggregate base course shall be of
uniform quality throughout and shall meet the requirements of Section 815.01 of
the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications.
B.
Black Base: Black base course shall be of uniform quality throughout and shall
conform to the requirements of Section 828 of the Georgia Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications.
c.
Binder Course: The binder course of all paved roadways shall conform to the
requirements of Section 400, Type "B" of the Georgia Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications.
D.
Surface Course: The surface course for all pavement, including prime or tack
coat when required by the Engineer, shall conform to the requirements of Section
400, Type "E" of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard
Specifica tions.
E.
Concrete: Provide concrete and reinforcing for concrete pavement or base
courses in accordance with the requirements of the Georgia Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 430. Concrete shall be of the
strength classifications shown on the Drawings.
F.
Special Surfaces: Where driveways or roadways are disturbed or damaged
which are constructed of specialty type surfaces, e.g., brick or stone, these
driveways and roadways shall be restored utilizing similar, if not original,
materials. Where the nature of these surfaces dictate, a specialty contractor shall
be used to restore the surfaces to their previous or better condition. Special
surfaces shall be removed and replaced to the limits to which they were
disturbed.
TS-9
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
2.02
Types of Pavements
A.
General: All existing pavement removed, destroyed or damaged by construction
shall be replaced with the same type and thickness of pavement as that existing
prior to construction, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Materials,
equipment and construction methods used for paving work shall conform to the
Georgia Department of Transportation specifications applicable to the particular
type required for replacement, repair or new pavements.
B.
Aggregate Base: Aggregate base shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirements of Section 310 of the Georgia Department of Transportation
Standard Specifications. The maximum thickness to be laid in a single course
shall be 6-inches compacted. If the design thickness of the base is more than
6-inches, it shall be constructed in two or more courses of approximate equal
thickness. After the material placed has been shaped to line, grade and
cross-section, it shall be rolled until the course has been uniformly compacted to
at least 100 percent of the maximum dry density when Group 2 aggregate is
used, or to at least 98 percent of maximum dry density when Group 1 aggregate
is used.
c.
Concrete Pavement: Concrete pavement or base courses shall be replaced with
concrete. The surface finish of the replaced concrete pavement shall conform to
that of the existing pavement. The surface of the replaced concrete base course
shall be left rough. The slab depth shall be equivalent to the existing concrete
pavement or base course, but in no case less than 6-inches thick. Transverse and
longitudinal joints removed from concrete pavement shall be replaced at the
same locations and to the same types and dimensions as those removed.
Concrete pavements or concrete base courses shall be reinforced.
D.
Asphaltic Concrete Base, Binder and Surface Course: Asphaltic concrete base,
binder and surface course construction shall conform to Georgia Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 400. The pavement mixture shall
not be spread until the designated surface has been previously cleaned and
prepared, is intact, firm, properly cured, dry and the tack coat has been applied.
Apply and compact the base in maximum layer thickness by asphalt spreader
equipment of design and operation approved by the Engineer. After compaction,
the black base shall be smooth and true to established profiles and sections.
Apply and compact binder and the surface course in a manner approved by the
Engineer. Immediately correct any high, low or defective areas by cutting out the
course, replacing with fresh hot mix, and immediately compacting to conform
and thoroughly bond to the surrounding area.
E.
Surface Treatment Pavement: Bituminous penetration surface treatment
pavement shall be replaced with a minimum thickness of I-inch conforming to
Section 424, Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications.
F.
Gravel Surfaces: Existing gravel road, drive and parking area replacement shall
meet the requirements of graded aggregate base course. This surfacing may be
authorized by the Engineer as a temporary surface for paved streets until
replacement of hard surfaced pavement is authorized.
G.
Temporary Measures: During the time period between pavement removal and
complete replacement of permanent pavement, maintain highways, streets and
roadways by the use of steel running plates anchored to prevent movement. The
TS-10
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
Part 3
3.01
3.02
3.03
backfill above the pipe shall be compacted, as specified in Section 02225 of these
Specifications, up to the existing pavement surface to provide support for the
steel running plates. All pavement shall be replaced within seven calendar days
of its removal.
Execution
Locations for Pavement Replacement
Pavement shall be removed and replaced with similar type and thickness as the
original pavement, for the entire length of pipe laying and up to required trench
width as per details shown on drawings.
Removing Pavement
A.
General: Remove existing pavement as necessary for installing the pipe line and
appurtenances.
B.
Marking: Before removing any pavement, mark the pavement neatly paralleling
pipe lines and existing street lines. Space the marks the width of the trench.
c.
Breaking: Break asphalt pavement along the marks using pavement shearing
equipment, jack hammers or other suitable tools. Break concrete pavement along
the marks by scoring with a rotary saw and breaking below the score by the use
of jack hammers or other suitable tools.
D.
Machine Pulling: Do not pull pavement with machines until the pavement is
completely broken and separated from pavement to remain.
E.
Damage to Adjacent Pavement: Do not disturb or damage the adjacent
pavement. If the adjacent pavement is disturbed or damaged, remove and
replace the damaged pavement.
F.
Sidewalk: Remove and replace any sidewalks disturbed by construction for their
full width and to the nearest undisturbed joint.
G.
Curbs: Tunnel under or remove and replace any curb disturbed by construction
to the nearest undisturbed joint.
Replacing Pavement
A.
Preparation of Subgrade: Upon completion of backfilling and compaction of the
backfill, arrange to have the compaction tested by an independent testing
laboratory approved by the Engineer. After compaction testing has been
satisfactorily completed, replace all pavements, sidewalks and curbs removed.
1. The existing street pavement or surface shall be removed along the lines
of the work for the allowable width specified for the trench or structure.
After the installation of the sewerage or water works facilities and after
the backfill has been compacted suitably, the additional width of
pavement to be removed, as shown on the Drawings, shall be done
immediately prior to replacing the pavement.
TS-ll
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
2. Trench backfill shall be compacted for the full depth of the trench as
specified in Section 02225 of these Specifications.
3. Temporary trench backfill along streets and driveways shall include
6-inches of crushed stone or cherty clay as a temporary surfacing of the
trenches. This temporary surface shall be maintained carefully at grade
and dust-free by the Contractor until the backfill of the trench has
thoroughly compacted in the opinion of the Engineer and permission is
granted to replace the street pavement.
4. When temporary crushed stone or chert surface is considered by the
Engineer to be sufficient surface for gravel pavement, the surface shall be
graded smooth and to an elevation that will make the final permanent
surfacing level with the adjacent surfacing that was undisturbed.
B. Pavement Replacement
1. Prior to replacing pavement, make a final cut in concrete pavement
12-inches back from the edge of the damaged pavement with a concrete
saw. Remove asphalt pavement 12-inches back from the edge of the
damaged pavement using pavement shearing equipment, jack hammers
or other suitable tools.
2. Replace all street and roadway pavement as shown on the Drawings.
Replace driveways, sidewalks and curbs with the same material, to
nearest existing undisturbed construction joint and to the same
dimensions as those existing.
3. If the temporary crushed stone or chert surface is to be replaced, the top
6-inches shall be removed and the crushed stone surfacing for unpaved
streets or the base for the bituminous surface shall be placed.
4. Following this preparation, the chert or crushed stone base shall be
primed with a suitable bituminous material and surfaced with the proper
type of bituminous surface treatment.
5. Where the paved surface is to be replaced with asphaltic concrete
pavement, concrete pavement or with a concrete base and a surface
course, the temporary chert or crushed stone surface and any necessary
backfill material, additional existing paving and new excavation shall be
removed to the depth and width shown on the Drawings. All edges of
the existing pavement shall be cut to a straight, vertical edge. Care shall
be used to get a smooth joint between the old and new pavement and to
produce an even surface on the completed street. Concrete base slabs
and crushed stone bases, if required, shall be placed and allowed to cure
for three days before bituminous concrete surface courses are applied.
Expansion joints, where applicable, shall be replaced in a manner equal
to the original joint.
6. Where driveways or roadways, constructed of specialty type surfaces,
e.g., brick or stone are disturbed or damaged, these driveways and
roadways shall be restored utilizing similar materials. Where the nature
of these surfaces dictate, a specialty contractor shall be used to restore the
TS-12
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
surfaces to their previous or better condition. Special surfaces shall be
removed and replaced to the limits to which they were disturbed.
c.
Pavement Resurfacing: Certain areas to be resurfaced are specified or noted on
the Drawings. After all pipe line installations are complete and existing
pavement has been removed and the trench route has been repaired, mill entire
area to be resurfaced 1-1/2 inches, then apply tack coat and 1-1/2 inches of Type
E surface course as specified. Where pavement to be resurfaced has been
damaged with potholes, the Contractor shall remove all existing loose pavement
material and fill the hole with black base, as specified, to the level of the existing
pavement.
D.
Pavement Striping: Pavement striping removed or paved over shall be replaced
with the same type, dimension and material as original unless directed otherwise
by the Engineer.
3.04
Sidewalk and Curb Replacement
A.
Construction
1. All concrete sidewalks and curbs shall be replaced with concrete.
2. Preformed joints shall be l/2-inch thick, conforming to the latest edition
of AASHTO M59 for sidewalks and AASHTO M 123 for curbs.
3. Forms for sidewalks shall be of wood or metal, shall be straight and free
from warp, and shall be of sufficient strength, when in place, to hold the
concrete true to line and grade without springing or distorting.
4. Forms for curbs shall be metal and of an approved section. They shall be
straight and free from distortions, showing no vertical variation greater
than l/S-inch in 10 feet and no lateral variation greater than 1/4-inch in
10 feet from the true plain surface on the vertical face of the form. Forms
shall be of the full depth of the structure and constructed such to permit
the inside forms to be securely fastened to the outside forms.
5. Securely hold forms in place true to the lines and grades indicated on the
Drawings.
6. Wood forms may be used on sharp turns and for special sections, as
approved by the Engineer. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be
free from warp and shall be the nominal depth of the structure.
7. All mortar and dirt shall be removed from forms and all forms shall be
thoroughly oiled or wetted before any concrete is deposited.
B. When a section is removed, the existing sidewalk or curb shall be cut to a neat
line, perpendicular to both the centerline and the surface of the concrete slab.
Existing concrete shall be cut along the nearest existing construction joints; if such
joints do not exist, the cut shall be made at minimum distances shown on the
Drawings.
C. Existing concrete sidewalks and curbs that have been cut and removed for
construction purposes shall be replaced with the same width and surface as the
TS-13
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
portion removed. Sidewalks shall have a minimum uniform thickness of
4-inches. The new work shall be neatly jointed to the existing concrete so that the
surface of the new work shall form an even, unbroken plane with the existing
surfaces.
D. The subgrade shall be formed by excavating to a depth equal to the thickness of
the concrete, plus 2-inches. Sub grade shall be of such width as to permit the
proper installation and bracing of the forms. Sub grades shall be compacted by
hand tamping or rolling. Soft, yielding or unstable material shall be removed
and backfilled with satisfactory material. Place 2-inches of porous crushed stone
under all sidewalks and curbs and compacte thoroughly, then finish to a smooth,
unyielding surface at proper line, grade and cross section.
E. Joint for Curbs
1. Joints shall be constructed as indicated on the Drawings and as specified.
Construct joints true to line with their faces perpendicular to the surface
of the structure and within 1 14-inch of their designated position.
2. Thoroughly spade and compact the concrete at the faces of all joints
filling all voids.
3. Install expansion joint materials at the point of curve at all street returns.
Install expansion joint material behind the curb at abutment to sidewalks
and adjacent structures.
4. Place contraction joints every 10 feet along the length of the curbs and
gutters. Form contraction joints using steel templates or division plates
which conform to the cross section of the structure. Leave the templates
in place until the concrete has set sufficiently to hold its shape, but
remove them while the forms are still in place. Contraction joint
templates or plates shall not extend below the top of the steel
reinforcement or they shall be notched to permit the reinforcement to be
continuous through the joint. Contraction joints shall be a minimum of
l-l/2-inches deep.
F. Expansion joints shall be required to replace any removed expansion joints or in
new construction wherever shown on the Drawings. Expansion joints shall be
true and even, shall present a satisfactory appearance, and shall extend to within
l/2-inch of the top of finished concrete surface.
G. Finishing
1. Strike off the surface with a template and finish the surface with a wood
float using heavy pressure, after which, contraction joints shall be made
and the surface finished with a wood float or steel trowel.
2. Finish the face of the curbs at the top and bottom with an approved
finishing tool of the radius indicated on the Drawings.
3. Finish edges with an approved finishing tool having a 1/4-inch radius.
4. Provide a final broom finish by lightly combing with a stiff broom after
troweling is complete.
TS-14
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4114
Pavement Removal and Replacement
5. The finished surface shall not vary more than liS-inch in 10 feet from the
established grade.
H. Driveway and Sidewalk Ramp Openings
1. Provide driveway openings of the widths and at the locations indicated
on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.
2. Provide sidewalk ramp openings as indicated on the Drawings, in
conformance with the applicable regulations and as directed by the
Engineer.
I.
Concrete shall be suitably protected from freezing and excessive heat. It shall be
kept covered with burlap or other suitable material and kept wet until cured.
Provide necessary barricades to protect the work. All damage caused by people,
vehicles, animals, rain, the Contractor's operations and the like shall be repaired
by the Contractor, at no additional expense to the Owner.
3.05
Maintenance
The Contractor shall maintain the surfaces of roadways built and pavements
replaced until the acceptance of the Project. Maintenance shall include
replacement, scraping, reshaping, wetting and rerolling as necessary to prevent
raveling of the road material, the preservation of reasonably smooth surfaces and
the repair of damaged or unsatisfactory surfaces, to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. Maintenance shall include sprinkling as may be necessary to abate
dust from the gravel surfaces.
3.06
Supervision and Approval
A.
Pavement restoration shall meet the requirements of the regulatory agency
responsible for the pavement. Obtain agency approval of pavement restorations
before requesting final payment.
B.
Obtain the Engineer's approval of restoration of pavement, such as private roads
and drives, that are not the responsibility of a regulatory agency.
c.
Complete pavement restoration as soon as possible after backfilling.
D.
Failure of Pavement: Should any pavement restoration or repairs fail or settle
during the life of the Contract, including the bonded period, promptly restore or
repair defects.
3.07
Cleaning
The Contractor shall remove all surplus excavation materials and debris from the
street surfaces and rights-of-way and shall restore street, roadway or sidewalk
surfacing to its original condition.
END OF SECTION
TS-15
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 02 4119
Selective Structure Demolition
Part 1 General
1.01
Scope
A.
The work in this Section consists of furnishing all material and equipment and
performing all labor necessary for demolishing and disposing of designated
facilities indicated on the Drawings.
1.02
Submittals
A.
The Contractor shall submit a written request, to include a detailed demolition
procedure, to the Owner for approval at least 10 days before demolition is
started. The demolition procedure shall include a detailed description of the
methods and equipment to be used for each operation and the sequence of work.
The demolition procedures shall provide for safe conduct of work, protection of
the property, which is to remain undisturbed and coordination with other work
or operation, which may be in progress.
Part 2 Products (Not Used)
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Demolition
A. All material shall be removed as necessary for construction, or in any event, to a
minimum depth of three feet below finished grades as shown on the Drawings.
B. Any structure, or part thereof, remaining below grade shall be mechanically
fractured so that subsurface water will freely pass through the slab or floor of the
structure, and so that no void will remain after backfilling the work site to grade
as shown on the Drawings.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing all existing service connections
to the buildings or site and permanently plugging the pipes where required in
accordance with requirements of the utility companies concerned.
D. The Contractor will be responsible for any damage caused to other structures,
and shall be held liable for any and all repairs, replacement of parts or
renovations required to restore any structure, portion of structure, equipment or
items, not intended for demolition. The Contractor shall restore any damaged
facilities to their condition prior to demolition provided the damage was result of
the demolition. If the Contractor does not repair any such damage immediately,
or if the repairs are not suitable to the Owner, the Owner reserves the right to
have such repairs made by another party and deduct the cost of required repairs
from money due Contractor.
E. Dust-tight, weather-tight partitions shall be erected to protect existing facilities
from dust and weather while wrecking is in progress and until such time as
closures have been made. Partitions may be constructed of wood and shall have
a covering of tarred roofing felt on the weather side.
F. All salvageable metal materials shall remain the property of the Owner and shall
be cleaned and stored on the Owner's property as directed by the Owner.
TS-16
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
3.02
Section 02 4119
Selective Structure Demolition
Disposal
A.
All materials, which are not delivered to the Owner as specified above, shall
become the property of the Contractor, and shall be demolished, moved or
otherwise disposed of at the option of the Contractor by a method approved by
the Owner.
B.
All demolished structures, equipment and materials shall be removed from the
work site by the Contractor.
c.
All demolished structures, equipment and materials, which are either left in
place or removed to the disposal site shall be in a non-hazardous condition.
D.
Manhole frames and covers to be removed are the property of the Owner and
shall be delivered to a place designated by the Owner.
The debris resulting from the demolition operation shall be hauled to a disposal
site secured by the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with all
requirements of federal, state, county and municipal regulations. No debris of
any kind shall be deposited in any stream or body of water, or in any street or
alley. No debris shall be deposited upon any private property except with
written consent of the property owner. In no case shall any material or debris be
left on the Project, shoved onto abutting private properties or buried on the
Project.
E.
END OF SECTION
TS-17
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 3111 00
Clearing and Grubbing
Part 1 General
1.01
Scope
A.
Clearing and grubbing includes, but is not limited to, removing from the Project
site, trees, stumps, roots, brush, structures, abandoned utilities, trash, debris and
all other materials found on or near the surface of the ground in the construction
area and understood by generally accepted engineering practice not to be
suitable for construction of the type contemplated. Precautionary measures that
prevent damage to existing features, including trees, to remain shall be part of
the Work.
B.
Clearing and grubbing operations shall be coordinated with temporary and
permanent erosion and sedimentation control procedures.
1.02
Quality Assurance
A.
The Contractor shall comply with applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations
and laws of local, municipal, state or federal authorities having jurisdiction over
the Project. All required permits of a temporary nature shall be obtained for
construction operations by the Contractor.
B.
Open burning WILL NOT be allowed
1.03
Job Conditions
Location of the Work: The area to be cleared and grubbed is shown
schematically on the Drawings or specified below. It includes all areas
designated for construction, which is limited to the IS-feet utility easement along
the water main.
Part 2 Products
2.01
Equipment
The Contractor shall furnish equipment of the type normally used in clearing
and grubbing operations including, but not limited to, tractors, trucks, loaders
and root rakes.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Scheduling of Clearing
A. The Contractor shall clear at each construction site only that length of the
right-of-way, permanent or construction easement which would be the
equivalent of two week's pipe laying. This length shall be determined from the
Contractor's Progress Schedule.
B. The Engineer may permit clearing for additional lengths of the pipe line
provided that temporary erosion and sedimentation controls are in place and a
satisfactory stand of temporary grass is established. Should a satisfactory stand
TS-18
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
3.02
Section 3111 00
Clearing and Grubbing
of grass not be possible, no additional clearing shall be permitted beyond that
specified above.
c.
A satisfactory stand of grass shall have no bare spots larger than one square
yard. Bare spots shall be scattered and the bare area shall not comprise more
than one percent of any given area.
Clearing and Grubbing
A.
Clear and grub no more than 3 feet on each side of the pipeline before
excavating. Remove all trees, growth, debris, stumps and other objectionable
matter. Clear the construction easement or road right-of-way only if necessary.
B.
Materials to be cleared, grubbed and removed from the Project site include, but
are not limited to, all trees, stumps, roots, brush, trash, organic matter, paving,
miscellaneous structures, houses, debris and abandoned utilities.
c.
Grubbing shall consist of completely removing roots, stumps, trash and other
debris from all graded areas so that topsoil is free of roots and debris. Topsoil is
to be left sufficiently clean so that further picking and raking will not be
required.
D.
All stumps, roots, foundations and planking embedded in the ground shall be
removed and disposed of. Piling and butts of utility poles shall be removed to a
minimum depth of two feet below the limits of excavation for structures,
trenches and roadways or two feet below finish grade, whichever is lower.
E.
Landscaping features shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, fences,
cultivated trees, cultivated shrubbery, property corners, man-made
improvements, subdivision and other signs within the right-of-way and
easement. The Contractor shall take extreme care in moving landscape features
and promptly re-establishing these features.
F.
Surface rocks and boulders shall be grubbed from the soil and removed from the
site if not suitable as rip rap.
G.
Where the tree limbs interfere with utility wires, or where the trees to be felled
are in close proximity to utility wires, the tree shall be taken down in sections to
eliminate the possibility of damage to the utility.
H.
Any work pertaining to utility poles shall comply with the requirements of the
appropriate utility.
I.
All fences adjoining any excavation or embankment that, in the Contractor's
opinion, may be damaged or buried, shall be carefully removed, stored and
replaced. Any fencing that, in the Engineer's opinion, is significantly damaged
shall be replaced with new fence material.
J.
The Contractor shall exercise special precautions for the protection and
preservation of trees, cultivated shrubs, sod, fences, etc. situated within the limits
of the construction area but not directly within excavation andlor fill limits. The
TS-19
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 3111 00
Clearing and Grubbing
Contractor shall be held liable for any damage the Contractor's operations have
inflicted on such property.
K.
The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs andlor replacement of all
damages to existing improvements resulting from Contractor's operations.
3.03
Disposal of Debris
A.
The debris resulting from the clearing and grubbing operation shall be hauled to
a disposal site secured by the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance
with all requirements of federal, state, county and municipal regulations. No
debris of any kind shall be deposited in any stream or body of water, or in any
street or alley. No debris shall be deposited upon any private property except
with written consent of the property owner. In no case shall any material or
debris be left on the Project, shoved onto abutting private properties or buried on
the Project.
END OF SECTION
TS-20
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Part 1 General
1.01
1.02
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
Scope
A.
The work under this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and
materials and performing all operations in connection with the trench excavation
and backfill required to install the waterlines as shown on the Drawings and as
specified.
B.
Excavation shall include the removal of any trees, stumps, brush, debris or other
obstacles which remain after the clearing and grubbing operations, which may
obstruct the work, and the excavation and removal of all earth, rock or other
materials to the extent necessary to install the pipeline and appurtenances in
conformance with the lines and grades shown on the Drawings and as specified.
c.
Backfill shall include the refilling and compaction of the fill in the trenches and
excavations up to the surrounding ground surface or road grade at crossing.
D.
The trench is divided into five specific areas:
1. Foundation: The area beneath the bedding, sometimes also referenced to
as trench stabilization.
2. Bedding: The area above the trench bottom (or foundation) and below the
bottom of the barrel of the pipe.
3. Haunching: The area above the bottom of the barrel of the pipe up to a
specified height above the bottom of the barrel of the pipe.
4. Initial Backfill: The area above the haunching material and below a plane
18 inches above the top of the barrel of the pipe.
5. Final Backfill: The area above a plane 18-inches above the top of the barrel
of the pipe.
E.
The choice of method, means, techniques and equipment rests with the
Contractor. The Contractor shall select the method and equipment for trench
excavation and backfill depending upon the type of material to be excavated and
backfilled, the depth of excavation, the amount of space available for operation of
equipment, storage of excavated material, proximity of man-made improvements
to be protected, available easement or right-of-way and prevailing practice in the
area.
Quality Assurance
A.
Density: All references to "maximum dry density" shall mean the maximum dry
density defined by the "Maximum Density-Optimum Moisture Test", ASTM D
698, except that for non-cohesive materials "maximum dry density" shall mean
the maximum index density as determined by the "Maximum Index Density of
Soils Using a Vibratory Table", ASTM D 4253. Determination of the density of
foundation, bedding, haunching, or backfill materials in place shall meet with the
requirements of ASTM D 1556, "Density of Soil In Place by the Sand Cone
Method", ASTM D 2937, "Density of Soil In Place by the Drive-Cylinder
TS-21
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
1.03
Part 2
2.01
2.02
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
Method" or ASTM D 2922, "Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In Place by
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)".
B.
Sources and Evaluation Testing: Testing of materials to certify conformance with
the Specifications shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory in
accordance with Section 01410 of these Specifications. All imported fill materials
shall meet the requirements of on-site fill materials.
Safety
Perform all trench excavation and backfilling activities in accordance with the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL 91-596), as amended. The
Contractor shall pay particular attention to the Safety and Health Regulations
Part 1926, Subpart P "Excavation, Trenching & Shoring" as described in OSHA
publication 2226.
Products
Trench Foundation Materials
A.
Crushed stone shall be utilized for trench foundation (trench stabilization) and
shall meet the requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation
Specification SOO.2.01, Group I (limestone, marble or dolomite) or Group II
(quartzite, granite or gneiss). Stone size shall be between No. 57 and No.4,
inclusive.
Bedding and Haunching Materials
A.
Unless specified otherwise, bedding and haunching materials shall be crushed
stone as specified below.
B.
Crushed stone utilized for bedding and haunching shall meet the requirements of
the Georgia Department of Transportation Specification SOO.Ol, Group I
(limestone, marble or dolomite) or Group II (quartzite, granite or gneiss). Stone
size shall be between No. 57 and No.4, inclusive.
c.
Earth materials utilized for bedding and haunching shall be suitable materials
selected from materials excavated from the trench. Suitable materials shall be
clean and free of rock larger than 2-inches at its largest dimension, organics,
cinders, stumps, limbs, frozen earth or mud, man-made wastes and other
unsuitable materials. Should the material excavated from the trench be
saturated, the saturated material may be used as earth material, provided it is
allowed to dry properly and it is capable of meeting the specified compaction
requirements. When necessary, earth bedding and haunching materials shall be
moistened to facilitate compaction by tamping. If materials excavated from the
trench are not suitable for use as bedding or haunching material, provide select
material conforming to the requirements of this Section at no additional cost to
the Owner.
TS-22
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
D. Filter Fabric Woven Type
1. Filter fabric associated with bedding shall be a polypropylene woven
fabric. The fabric shall be a high modulus type with good separation
capabilities. The fabric shall be inert to biological degradation and
naturally occurring chemicals, alkalies and acids.
2. The fabric shall have an equivalent opening size EOS of 20 to 45. The fabric
shall also conform to the minimum property values listed in the following
table:
Fabric Property Unit Test Method Minimum Value
Grab Tensile Strength lbs. ASTM D 4632 200
Grab Tensile Elongation % ASTM D 4632 30 (max.)
Mullen Burst Strength psi ASTM D 3786 400
Trapezoid Tear Strength lbs. ASTM D 4533 75
Puncture Strength lbs. ASTM D 3787 75
3. If ordered by the Engineer, the filter fabric manufacturer shall furnish the
services of a competent factory representative to supervise and I or inspect
the installation of pipe. This service will be furnished for a minimum of 10
days during initial pipe installation.
4. Filter fabric shall be Mirafi 500X, Amoco 2002 or Exxon GTF-200.
2.03
Initial Backfill
A.
Initial backfill material shall be crushed stone or earth materials as specified for
bedding and haunching materials.
B.
When necessary, initial backfill materials shall be moistened to facilitate
compaction by tamping. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable
for use as initial backfill material, provide select material conforming to the
requirements of this Section at no additional cost to the owner.
2.04
Final Backfill
A.
Final backfill material shall be general excavated earth materials, shall not
contain rock larger than 2-inches at its greatest diameter, cinders, stumps, limbs,
man-made wastes and other unsuitable materials. If materials excavated from
the trench are not suitable for use as final backfill material, provide select
material conforming to the requirements of this Section.
2.05
Select Backfill
Select backfill shall be materials which meet the requirements as specified for
bedding, haunching or initial backfill materials, including compaction
requirements.
TS-23
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
2.06
Concrete
A.
Concrete for bedding, haunching, initial backfill or encasement shall have a
compressive strength of not less than 3,000 psi, with not less than 5.5 bags of
cement per cubic yard and a slump between 3 and 5-inches. Ready-mixed
concrete shall be mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C 94.
Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
Part 3
Execution
3.01
Trench Excavation
A.
Topsoil and grass shall be stripped a mmlmum of 6-inches over the trench
excavation site and stockpiled separately for replacement over the finished
grading areas.
B.
Trenches shall be excavated to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings with
the center lines of the trenches on the centerlines of the pipes and to the
dimensions which provide the proper support and protection of the pipe and
other structures and accessories.
c.
Trench Width for Pipelines
1. The sides of all trenches shall be vertical to a minimum of one foot above
the top of the pipe. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the
maximum trench width shall be equal to the sum of the outside diameter of
the pipe plus two feet. The minimum trench width shall be that which
allows the proper consolidation of the haunching and initial backfill
material.
2. Excavate the top portion of the trench to any width within the construction
easement or right-of-way which will not cause unnecessary damage to
adjoining structures, roadways, pavement, utilities, trees or private
property. Where necessary to accomplish this, provide sheeting and
shoring.
3. Where rock is encountered in trenches, excavate to remove boulders and
stones to provide a minimum of 9-inches clearance between the rock and
any part of the pipe barrel or manhole.
4. Wherever the prescribed maximum trench width is exceeded, the
Contractor shall use the next higher Class or Type of bedding and
haunching as shown on the Drawings for the full trench width as actually
cut. The excessive trench width may be due to unstable trench walls,
inadequate or improperly placed bracing and sheeting which caused
sloughing, accidental over-excavation, intentional over-excavation
necessitated by the size of the Contractor's tamping and compaction
equipment, intentional over-excavation due to the size of the Contractor's
excavation equipment, or other reasons beyond the control of the Engineer
or Owner.
TS-24
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
D. Depth
1. The trenches shall be excavated to the required depth or elevation which
allow for the placement of the pipe and bedding to the dimensions shown
on the Drawings.
2. Where rock is encountered in trenches for pipelines, excavate to the
minimum depth which will provide clearance below the pipe barrel of
8-inches for pipe 18-inches in diameter and smaller and 12-inches for larger
pipe, valves and manholes.
E. Excavated Materials
1. Excavated materials shall be placed adjacent to the work to be used for
backfilling as required. Top soil shall be carefully separated and lastly
placed in its original location.
2. Excavated material shall be placed sufficiently back from the edge of the
excavation to prevent caving of the trench wall, to permit safe access along
the trench and not cause any drainage problems. Excavated material shall
be placed so as not to damage existing landscape features or man-made
improvements.
3.02
Sheeting, Bracing and Shoring
A.
Sheeting, bracing and shoring shall be installed in the following instances:
1. Where sloping of the trench walls does not adequately protect persons
within the trench from slides or cave-ins.
2. In caving ground.
3. In wet, saturated, flowing or otherwise unstable materials.
4. Where necessary to prevent damage to adjoining buildings, structures,
roadways, pavement, utilities, trees or private properties which are
required to remain.
5. Where necessary to maintain the top of the trench within the available
construction easement or right-of-way.
B. In all cases, excavation protection shall strictly conform to the requirements of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended.
C. Timber: Timber for shoring, sheeting, or bracing shall be sound and free of large
or loose knots and in good, serviceable condition. Size and spacing shall be in
accordance with OSHA regulations.
D. Steel Sheeting and Sheet Piling: Steel sheet piling shall be the continuous
interlock type. The weight, depth and section modulus of the sheet piling shall
be sufficient to restrain the loads of earth pressure and surcharge from existing
foundations and live loads. Procedure for installation and bracing shall be so
scheduled and coordinated with the removal of the earth that the ground under
existing structures shall be protected against lateral movement at all times. The
TS-25
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
3.03
Contractor shall provide closure and sealing between sheet piling and existing
facilities.
E.
Trench Shield: A trench shield or box may be used to support the trench walls.
The use of a trench shield does not necessarily preclude the additional use of
bracing and sheeting. When trench shields are used, care must be taken to avoid
disturbing the alignment and grade of the pipe or disrupting the haunching of
the pipe as the shield is moved. When the bottom of the trench shield extends
below the top of the pipe, the trench shield will be raised in 6-inch increments
with specified backfilling occurring simultaneously. At no time shall the trench
shield be "dragged" with the bottom of the shield extending below the top of the
pipe or utility.
F.
Remove bracing and sheeting in units when backfill reaches the point necessary
to protect the pipe and adjacent property. Leave sheeting in place when in the
opinion of the Engineer it cannot be safely removed or is within three feet of an
existing structure, utility, or pipeline. Cut off any sheeting left in place at least
two feet below the surface.
G.
Sheet piling within three feet of an existing structure or pipeline shall remain in
place, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Rock Excavation
A.
Definition of Rock: Any material which cannot be excavated with conventional
excavating equipment, and is removed by drilling and blasting, and occupies an
original volume of at least one-half cubic yard.
B.
Blasting: Provide licensed, experienced workmen to perform blasting. Conduct
blasting operations in accordance with all existing ordinances and regulations.
Protect all buildings and structures from the effects of the blast. Repair any
resulting damage. If the Contractor repeatedly uses excessive blasting charges or
blasts in an unsafe or improper manner, the Engineer may direct the Contractor
to employ an independent blasting consultant to supervise the preparation for
each blast and approve the quantity of each charge.
c.
Removal of Rock: Dispose of rock off site that is surplus or not suitable for use as
rip rap or backfill.
D.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any blasting. Additionally, the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer and local fire department before any charge
is set.
E.
Following review by the Engineer regarding the proximity of permanent
buildings and structures to the blasting site, the Engineer may direct the
Contractor to employ an independent, qualified specialty sub- contractor,
approved by the Engineer, to monitor the blasting by use of seismograph,
identify the areas where light charges must be used, conduct pre-blast and
post-blast inspections of structures, including photographs or videos, and
maintain a detailed written log.
TS-26
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
3.04
3.05
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
Dewatering Excavations
A.
Dewater excavation continuously to maintain a water level two feet below the
bottom of the trench.
B.
Control drainage in the vicinity of excavation so the ground surface is properly
pitched to prevent water running into the excavation.
c.
There shall be sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order, available at
all times, to remove any water that accumulates in excavations. Where the utility
crosses natural drainage channels, the work shall be conducted in such a manner
that unnecessary damage or delays in the prosecution of the work will be
prevented. Provision shall be made for the satisfactory disposal of surface water
to prevent damage to public or private property.
D.
In all cases, accumulated water in the trench shall be removed before placing
bedding or haunching, laying pipe, placing concrete or backfilling.
E.
Where dewatering is performed by pumping the water from a sump, crushed
stone shall be used as the medium for conducting the water to the sump. Sump
depth shall be at least two feet below the bottom of the trench. Pumping
equipment shall be of sufficient quantity and I or capacity to maintain the water
level in the sump two feet below the bottom of the trench. Pumps shall be a type
such that intermittent flows can be discharged. A standby pump shall be
required in the event the operating pump or pumps clog or otherwise stop
operation.
F.
Dewater by use of a well point system when pumping from sumps does not
lower the water level two feet below the trench bottom. Where soil conditions
dictate, the Contractor shall construct well points cased in sand wicks. The
casing, 6 to lO-inches in diameter, shall be jetted into the ground, followed by the
installation of the well point, filling casing with sand and withdrawing the
casing.
Trench Foundation and Stabilization
A.
The bottom of the trench shall provide a foundation to support the pipe and its
specified bedding. The trench bottom shall be graded to support the pipe and
bedding uniformly throughout its length and width.
B.
If, after dewatering as specified above, the trench bottom is spongy, or if the
trench bottom does not provide firm, stable footing and the material at the
bottom of the trench will still not adequately support the pipe, the trench will be
determined to be unsuitable and the Engineer shall then authorize payment for
trench stabilization.
c.
Should the undisturbed material encountered at the trench bottom constitute, in
the opinion of the Engineer, an unstable foundation for the pipe, the Contractor
shall be required to remove such unstable material and fill the trench to the
proper subgrade with crushed stone as directed by the Engineer.
D.
Where the replacement of unsuitable material with crushed stone does not
provide an adequate trench foundation, the trench bottom shall be excavated to a
depth of at least two feet below the specified trench bottom. Place filter fabric in
TS-27
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
3.06
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
the bottom of the trench and support the fabric along the trench walls until the
trench stabilization, bedding, haunching and pipe have been placed at the proper
grade. The ends of the filter fabric shall be overlapped by one foot above the
pipe.
E.
Where trench stabilization is provided, the trench stabilization material shall be
compacted to at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density, unless shown or
specified otherwise.
Bedding and Haunching
A.
Prior to placement of bedding material, the trench bottom shall be free of any
water, loose rocks, boulders or large dirt clods.
B.
Bedding material shall be placed to provide uniform support along the bottom of
the pipe and to place and maintain the pipe at the proper elevation. The initial
layer of bedding placed to receive the pipe shall be brought to the grade and
dimensions indicated on the Drawings. All bedding shall extend the full width
of the trench bottom. The pipe shall be placed and brought to grade by tamping
the bedding material or by removal of the excess amount of the bedding material
under the pipe. Adjustment to grade line shall be made by scraping away or
filling with bedding material. Wedging or blocking up of pipe shall not be
permitted. Applying pressure to the top of the pipe, such as with a backhoe
bucket, to lower the pipe to the proper elevation or grade shall not be permitted.
Each pipe section shall have a uniform bearing on the bedding for the length of
the pipe, except immediately at the joint.
c.
At each joint, excavate bell holes of ample depth and width to permit the joint to
be assembled properly and to relieve the pipe bell of any load.
D.
After the pipe section is properly placed, add the haunching material to the
specified depth. The haunching material shall be shovel sliced, tamped,
vigorously chinked or otherwise consolidated to provide uniform support for the
pipe barrel and to fill completely the voids under the pipe, including the bell
hole. Prior to placement of the haunching material, the bedding shall be clean
and free of any water, loose rocks, boulders or dirt clods.
E.
Water Mains
1. Ductile Iron Pipe
a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified, utilize
earth materials for bedding and haunching. Bedding shall meet
the requirements of Type 2, 3, 4 and 5 of AWWA C1501151
Standard Laying Conditions.
b. Unless specified or shown otherwise, bedding shall meet the
requirements for Type 2 A WW A C150/151 Standard Laying
Conditions. Unless specified or shown otherwise for restrained
joint pipe and fittings, bedding shall meet the requirements for
Type 3 AWWA C1501151 Standard Laying Conditions.
c. Where the depth of cover over the piping exceeds 9 feet, the pipe
bedding shall meet the requirements of Type 4 Pipe Bedding.
TS-28
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
Where the depth of cover over the piping exceeds 14 feet, the
pipe bedding shall meet the requirements of Type 5 A WW A
C1501151 Standard Laying Conditions.
d. Type 4 or Type 5 Pipe Bedding called for on the Drawings,
specified or ordered by the Engineer, shall meet requirements for
Type 4 or Type 5 AWWA C1501151 Standard Laying
Conditions, utilizing crushed stone bedding and haunching
material.
F. Manholes: Excavate to a minimum of 12-inches below the planned elevation of
the base of the manhole. Place and compact crushed stone bedding material to
the required grade before installing the manhole.
G. Excessive Width and Depth
1. Water Mains: If the trench is excavated to excess width, provide the next
higher type or class of pipe bedding, but a minimum of Type 4 A WW A
C150/151 Standard Laying Conditions.
2. If the trench is excavated to excessive depth, provide crushed stone to
place the bedding at the proper elevation or grade.
H.
Compaction: Bedding and haunching materials under pipe, manholes and
accessories shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry
density, unless shown or specified otherwise.
3.07
Initial Backfill
A.
Initial backfill shall be placed to anchor the pipe, protect the pipe from damage
by subsequent backfill and ensure the uniform distribution of the loads over the
top of the pipe.
B.
Place initial backfill material carefully around the pipe in uniform layers to a
depth of at least 18-inches above the pipe barrel or duct bank. Layer depths shall
be a maximum of 6-inches for pipe 18-inches in diameter and smaller and a
maximum of 12-inches for pipe larger than 18-inches in diameter.
c.
Backfill on both sides of the pipe simultaneously to prevent side pressures.
D.
Compact each layer thoroughly with suitable hand tools or tamping equipment.
E.
Initial backfill shall be compacted to a minimum 90 percent of the maximum dry
density, unless shown or specified otherwise.
F.
If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as backfill
materials, provide select backfill material conforming to the requirements of this
Section.
3.08
Concrete Encasement for Pipelines
Where concrete encasement is shown on the Drawings for pipelines, excavate the
trench to provide a minimum of 6-inches clearance from the bell of the pipe. Lay
the pipe to line and grade on concrete blocks. In lieu of bedding, haunching and
TS-29
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
3.09
3.10
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
initial backfill, place concrete to the full width of the trench and to a height of not
less than 12-inches above the pipe bell. Do not backfill the trench for a period of
at least 24 hours after concrete is placed.
Final Backfill
A.
Backfill carefully to restore the ground surface to its original condition.
B.
The top 6-inches shall be topsoil obtained as specified in "Trench Excavation" of
this Section.
c.
Excavated material which is unsuitable for backfilling, and excess material, shall
be disposed of, at no additional cost to the Owner, in a manner approved by the
Engineer. Surplus soil may be neatly distributed and spread over the site, if
approved by the Engineer. If such spreading is allowed, the site shall be left in a
clean and sightly condition and shall not affect pre-construction drainage
patterns. Surplus rock from the trenching operations shall be removed from the
site.
D.
If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as backfill
materials, provide select backfill material conforming to the requirements of this
Section.
E.
After initial backfill material has been placed and compacted, backfill with final
backfill material. Place backfill material in uniform layers, compacting each layer
thoroughly as follows:
1. In 6-inch layers, if usmg light power tamping equipment, such as a
"jumping jack".
2. In 12-inch layers, if using heavy tamping equipment, such as hammer with
tamping feet.
3. In 24-inch layers, if using a hydra-hammer.
F.
Settlement: If trench settles, re-fill and grade the surface to conform to the
adjacent surfaces.
G.
Final backfill shall be compacted to a minimum 90 percent of the maximum dry
density, unless specified otherwise.
Additional Material
Where final grades above the pre-construction grades are required to maintain
minimum cover, additional fill material will be as shown on the Drawings.
Utilize excess material excavated from the trench, if the material is suitable. If
excess excavated materials are not suitable, or if the quantity available is not
sufficient, provide additional suitable fill material at no cost to the owner.
TS-30
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
3.11
Backfill Under Roads
Compact backfill underlying pavement and sidewalks, and backfill under dirt
and gravel roads to a minimum 95 percent of the maximum dry density. The top
12-inches shall be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry
density.
3.12
Backfill Within Georgia DOT Right-of-Way
Backfill within the Georgia DOT right-of-way shall meet the requirements
stipulated in the "Utility Accommodation Policy and Standards", published by
the Georgia Department of Transportation.
3.13
Backfill Along Restrained Joint Pipe
Backfill along restrained joint pipe shall be compacted to a minimum 90 percent
of the maximum dry density.
3.14
Detection Tape
The detection tape shall be buried 4 to lO-inches beneath the ground surface
directly over the top of the pipe. Should detection tape need to be installed
deeper, the Contractor shall provide 3-inch wide tape. In no case shall detection
tape be buried greater than 20-inches from the finished grade surface.
3.15
Testing and Inspection
A.
The soils testing laboratory is responsible for the following:
1. Compaction tests in accordance with Article 1.02 of this Section.
2. Field density tests for each two feet of lift, one test for each 1,000 feet of
pipe installed or more frequently if ordered by the Engineer.
3. Inspecting and testing stripped site, sub grades and proposed fill materials.
B. The Contractor's duties relative to testing include:
1. Notifying laboratory of conditions requiring testing.
2. Coordinating with laboratory for field testing.
3. Paying costs for additional testing performed beyond the scope of that
required and for re-testing where initial tests reveal non-conformance with
specified requirements.
4. Providing excavation as necessary for laboratory personnel to conduct
tests.
C. Inspection
1. Earthwork operations, acceptability of excavated materials for bedding or
backfill, and placing and compaction of bedding and backfill is subject to
inspection by the Engineer.
TS-31
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 23 10
Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling
D. Comply with applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and laws of local,
municipal, state or federal authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION
TS-32
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Part 1 General
1.01
1.02
1.03
Section 31 25 00
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
Scope
A.
The Work specified in this Section consists of providing and maintaining
temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls as shown on the
Drawings. This Section also specifies the subsequent removal of temporary
erosion and sedimentation controls.
B.
Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls include grassing
and mulching of disturbed areas and structural barriers at those locations which
will ensure that erosion during construction will be maintained within acceptable
limits. Acceptable limits are as established by the Georgia Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Act of 1975, as amended, Section 402 of the Federal Clean
Water Act, and applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, and laws of local,
state, and municipal authorities having jurisdiction.
c.
Land disturbance activity shall not commence until the Land Disturbance Permit
has been issued.
Submittals
Submit product data in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 of
these Specifications.
Quality Assurance
A.
The temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures
shown on the Drawings are minimum suggested requirements. Any additional
erosion and sedimentation control measures required by the Contractor's means,
methods, techniques, and sequence of operation will be installed by the
Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
B.
Perform all Work under this Section in accordance with all pertinent rules and
regulations including, but not necessarily limited to, those stated in these
Specifications. Where provisions of pertinent rules and regulations conflict with
these Specifications the more stringent provisions shall govern.
c.
Provide all materials and promptly take all actions necessary to achieve effective
erosion and sedimentation control in accordance with the Georgia Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Act of 1975 as amended (OCGA 912-7-1, et. seq.), local
ordinances, other permits, local enforcing agency guidelines, and these
Specifications.
D.
Basic Principles:
1. Coordinate the land disturbance activities to fit the topography, soil
types, and conditions.
2. Minimize the disturbed area and the duration of exposure to erosive
elements.
TS-33
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 25 00
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
3. Provide temporary or permanent stabilization to disturbed areas
immediately after rough grading is complete.
4. Safely convey run-off from the site to a stable outlet to prevent flooding
and damage to downstream facilities resulting from increased runoff
from the site.
5. Retain sediment on-site that was generated on-site.
6. Minimize encroachment upon watercourses.
E. Implementation:
1. The Contractor is solely responsible for the control of erosion within the
Project site and the prevention of sedimentation from leaving the Project
site or entering waterways.
2. The Contractor shall install temporary and permanent erosion and
sedimentation controls which will ensure that runoff from the disturbed
area of the Project site shall pass through a filter system before exiting the
Project site.
3. The Contractor shall provide temporary and permanent erosion and
sedimentation control measures to prevent silt and sediment from
entering the waterways and designated wetland areas. The Contractor
shall maintain an undisturbed vegetative buffer a minimum of 25 feet
from the top of the bank.
4. The Contractor shall limit land disturbance activity to those areas shown
on the Drawings.
5. The Contractor shall maintain erosion and sedimentation control
measures within disturbed areas on the entire site at no additional cost to
the Owner until the final acceptance of the Project. Maintenance shall
include mulching, re-seeding, clean-out of sediment barriers and
sediment ponds, replacement of washed-out or undermined rip rap and
erosion control materials, to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer.
6. All fines imposed for improper erosion and sedimentation control shall
be paid by the Contractor.
Part 2 Products
2.01
Sediment Barrier
A.
Silt Fence:
1. Type C Silt Fence is a combination of Type A silt Fence with woven wire
reinforcement. Type C Silt Fence reinforcement shall meet the
requirements of Section 171 of Georgia D.O.T. Specifications.
2. Silt fence fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia DOT
Qualified Product List No. 36, latest edition.
TS-34
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 25 00
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
B.
Hay Bales: Hay bales shall be clean, seed-free cereal hay, rectangular in shape,
and contain five cubic feet or more of material.
c.
Concrete Blocks: Concrete blocks shall be hollow, non-load-bearing type.
D.
Plywood shall be 3 14-inch thick exterior type.
2.02
Construction Exit Stone
Use sound, tough, durable stone resistant to the action of air and water. Slabby
or shaley pieces will not be acceptable. Aggregate size shall be in accordance
with the National Stone Association Size R-2 (1.5 to 3.5-inch stone) or Type 3 rip
rap stone conforming to Section 805.01 of the Georgia Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications.
2.03
Concrete
Concrete shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 02225 of these
Specifications for 3000 psi concrete.
2.04
Rip Rap
A.
Stone Rip Rap: Use sound, tough, durable stones resistant to the action of air and
unless noted otherwise, stone rip rap shall be Type 1.
1. Type 1 Rip Rap: Rip rap size and gradation shall conform to Section
805.01 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard
Specification for Type 1 Stone Dumped Rip Rap.
2. Type 3 Rip Rap: Rip rap size and gradation shall conform to Section
805.01 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications for Type 3 Stone Dumped Rip Rap.
B.
Sand Cement Bag Rip Rap: Sand cement bag rip rap shall conform to the
Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 603.
2.05
Plastic Filter Fabric
A.
Plastic filter fabric shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation
Standard Specifications, Section 881, for filter fabrics.
B.
Plastic filter fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia Department of
Transportation Qualified Product List No. 28, latest edition.
TS-35
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
2.06
Part 3
3.01
Section 31 25 00
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
Grassing
A.
Grassing materials shall meet the requirements of the Georgia Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition; as shown in the table:
Material
To soil
Seed and Sod
Fertilizer
A ricultural Lime
Mulch
Inoculants
Section No.
893.01
890
891.01
882.02
893.02
893.04
B.
Seed species shall be provided as shown on the Drawings.
c.
Mulch Binder: Mulch on slopes exceeding 3 (horizontal) to 1 (vertical) shall be
held in place by the use of a mulch binder, as approved by the Engineer. The
mulch binder shall be non-toxic to plant and animal life and shall be approved by
the Engineer.
D.
Water: Water shall be free of excess and harmful chemicals, organisms, and
substances which may be harmful to plant growth or obnoxious to traffic. Salt or
brackish water shall not be used. Water shall be furnished by the Contractor.
Execution
General
A.
Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures shall
prevent erosion and prevent sediment from exiting the site. If, in the opinion of
the Owner, Engineer, or state inspector, the Contractor's temporary erosion and
sedimentation control measures are inadequate, the Contractor shall provide
additional maintenance for existing measures or additional devices to control
erosion and sedimentation on the site at no additional cost to the Owner.
B.
All erosion and sedimentation control devices and structures shall be inspected
by the Contractor at least once a week and immediately after each rainfall
occurrence. Any device or structure found to be damaged shall be repaired or
replaced immediately.
c.
All erosion and I'edimentation control measures and devices shall be constructed
and maintained as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein until adequate
permanent disturbed area stabilization has been provided and accepted by the
Engineer. Once adequate permanent stabilization has been provided and
accepted by the Engineer, all temporary erosion and sedimentation control
structures and devices shall be removed.
TS-36
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 25 00
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
3.02
Sediment Control
A.
Construction Exit:
1. Construction exit(s) shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and as
directed by the Engineer. A construction exit shall be located at any
point traffic will be leaving a disturbed area to a public right-of-way,
street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area.
2. Placement of Construction Exit Material: The ground surface upon
which the construction exit material is to be placed shall be prepared to a
smooth condition free from obstructions, depressions or debris. The
plastic filter fabric shall be placed to provide a minimum number of
overlaps and a minimum width of one foot of overlap at each joint. The
stone shall be placed with its top elevation conforming to the
surrounding ground elevations. The stone shall be dropped from no
more than a three feet height during construction.
3. Construction Exit Maintenance: The Contractor shall regularly maintain
the exit with the top dressing of stone to prevent tracking or flow of soil
onto public rights-of-way and paved surfaces as directed by the
Engineer.
4. Construction Exit Removal: Construction exit(s) shall be removed and
properly disposed of when the disturbed area has been properly
stabilized, the tracking or flow of soil onto public rights-of-way or paved
surfaces has ceased and as directed by the Engineer.
B. Sediment Barriers:
1. Sediment barriers shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, silt
fences, hay bales, and any device which prevents sediment from exiting
the disturbed area.
2. Silt fences and hay bales shall not be used in any flowing stream, creek,
or river.
3. Sediment barriers shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and as
directed by the Owner or Engineer.
4. Sediment barriers shall be maintained to ensure the depth of impounded
sediment is no more than one-half of the original height of the barrier or
as directed by the Engineer. Torn, damaged, destroyed, or washed-out
barriers shall be repaired, reinforced, or replaced with new material and
installed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Owner or
Engineer.
5. Accumulated sediment shall be removed from the barrier and replaced
and stabilized on-site as directed by the Owner or Engineer.
TS-37
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 25 00
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
6. Sediment barrier shall be removed once the disturbed area has been
stabilized with a permanent vegetative cover and the sediment barrier is
no longer required as directed by the Engineer.
7. All non-biodegradable parts of the barrier shall be disposed of properly.
8. The disturbed area created by barrier removal shall be permanently
stabilized.
c.
Sediment Boxes: All inlet grates shall be covered with sediment boxes during
grading operations and shall remain so covered until all open areas are
permanently stabilized against erosion.
3.03
Erosion Control
A.
Rip Rap
1. Rip rap shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the
Engineer. Rip rap shall be placed at all points where natural vegetation
is disturbed on the banks of active streams. Compact backfill and place
rip rap to prevent subsequent settlement and erosion. This requirement
applies equally to construction alongside a stream as well as crossing a
stream or drainage ditch.
2. When trenching across a stream or drainage ditch, place rip rap over the
entire disturbed area upstream and downstream of the trench
excavation. Place rip rap across creek bottom, across creek banks, and
extend rip rap placement five feet beyond the top of each creek bank.
3. Preparation of Foundations: The ground surface upon which the rip rap
is to be placed shall be brought to the correct lines and grades before
placement is commenced. Where filling of depressions is required, the
new material shall be compacted with hand or mechanical tampers.
Unless at creek banks or otherwise shown or specified, rip rap shall
begin in a toe ditch constructed in original ground around the toe of the
fill or the cut slope. The toe ditch shall be two feet deep in original
ground, and the side next to the fill or cut shall have that same slope.
After the rip rap is placed, the toe ditch shall be backfilled and the excess
dirt spread neatly on the site.
4. Placement of Plastic Filter Fabric:
a. Plastic filter fabric shall be placed under all rip rap unless shown
or specified otherwise.
b. Filter fabric shall not be placed under rip rap on stream or
drainage ditch crossings.
c. The surface to receive filter fabric shall be prepared to a smooth
condition free from obstructions, depressions, and debris. The
filter fabric shall be installed with the long dimension running
up the slope and shall be placed to provide a minimum number
TS-38
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 25 00
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
of overlaps. The fabric shall be placed to provide a minimum
width of one foot of overlap at each joint. The fabric shall be
placed so that the upstream strip overlaps the downstream strip.
The fabric shall be anchored in place with securing pins of the
type recommended by the fabric manufacturer. Pins shall be
placed on or within 3-inches of the centerline of the overlap. The
fabric shall be placed loosely to avoid stretching and tearing
during placement of the stone. The fabric shall be protected at
all times during construction from clogging due to clay, silts,
chemicals, or other contaminants. Contaminated fabric or fabric
damaged during installation or during placement of rip rap shall
be removed and replaced with uncontaminated and undamaged
fabric at no additional cost to the Owner.
5.
Placement of Rip Rap: Rip rap shall be placed on a 6-inch layer of soil,
crushed stone or sand overlaying the filter fabric. Rip rap shall be placed
with its top elevation conforming with the finished grade or the natural
existing slope of the stream bank and stream bottom. The stone shall be
dropped from no more than a three foot height during construction.
Stone rip rap shall be placed to provide a uniform surface to the
thickness shown on the Drawings. The thickness tolerance for the course
shall be -3 inches and +6 inches.
B.
Grassing:
1.
Temporary Stabilization: Temporary stabilization shall be provided as
shown on the Drawings and conforming to these Specifications to control
erosion on the site. Temporary stabilization shall be provided to any
area that will not receive permanent stabilization within the next 14
calendar days. Partial payment requests may be withheld for those
portions of the Project not complying with this requirement.
2.
Permanent Stabilization:
a. Permanent stabilization shall be provided as shown on the
Drawings and conforming to these Specifications to control
erosion on the site. Permanent stabilization shall be provided to
all areas of land disturbance within seven calendar days of the
completion of land disturbance for any area greater than 0.25
acre.
b. Where permanent stabilization cannot be immediately
established because of an inappropriate season, the Contractor
shall provide temporary stabilization. The Contractor shall
return to the site at the appropriate season to provide permanent
stabilization in areas that received only temporary stabilization.
3. Grassing shall meet the requirements of Section 700 of the Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition,
unless specified otherwise.
TS-39
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 31 25 00
Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
4. Seed rate, fertilization and other requirements shall be provided as
shown on the Drawings.
3.04
Clean-Up
A.
Dispose of all excess erosion and sedimentation control materials in a manner
satisfactory to the Owner and Engineer.
B.
Final clean-up shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of these
Specifications and to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer.
END OF SECTION
TS-40
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 32 12 13
Water Service Connections
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A.
The work covered by this Section includes furnishing all materials and
equipment, providing all required labor and installing water service connections
and all appurtenant work according to these Specifications andlor to the Water
Connection Detail as shown schematically on the Drawings.
B.
Water meters are not to be furnished nor installed. However, the water meter
connection must be compatible with the water meters currently used by the
Owner.
1.02
Locations
Locations shall be directed by the Engineer along the route of the water mains.
1.03
Service Compatibility
It is the intent of these Specifications that the water service connections shall
duplicate those presently being provided by the City in order to be compatible
with their service maintenance procedures.
1.04
Quality Control
All materials installed under this Section shall have the approval of the NSF for
water services.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Materials and Construction
A. Service Line
1. For 2-inch service line, Schedule 80 PVC pipes shall be used.
2. Copper Tubing: Tubing shall be ASTM B 88, Type K. Fittings shall be
brass with flare connection inlets and outlets, ANSI 816.26. Where
required, adapters shall be brass ANSI B16.18. Unions shall be cast
bronze. Joints shall be flare type. All fittings shall be of bronze
construction with flare type connection.
3. Where water service lines connect to DIP or any pressure-rated pipe,
service saddles shall be used. No direct service taps shall be allowed.
Brass double strap tapping saddles shall be used. U-bolt type straps are
not acceptable. All water service taps on the main shall be spaced at a
minimum distance of eighteen inches apart and a minimum of eighteen
inches from a bell or fitting. If two or more taps are required at a
minimum spacing, they shall be offset 450 alternatively.
B. Meter Box for Single Family Residential
1. Meter boxes shall be the "Rome" type and shall be of cast iron, oval
TS-41
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 32 12 13
Water Service Connections
shape.
2. Minimum inside dimensions shall be 19 inches x 10 inches and at least
11-1/2 inches deep.
3. Lids shall be Augusta City standard and fit snugly on the box. Lids shall
be banded together with a steel strapping and painted with black
asphaltic paint before shipping. The combined weight of the box and lid
shall not be less than 60 pounds.
C. Meter Box for Irrigation Meter
1. Where irrigation meters are necessary (where sewer service is present),
meter boxes shall be cast iron painted black with a locking lid quad valve
box. Boxes shall have nominal dimensions of 14-314 inches x 17 inches at
bottom, 12 inches x 14 inches opening, and 12 inches tall. Meter box
assemblies shall include one U-branch, four ball valves, two unions, two
touch plugs with cotter pins, and two expansion connections. The entire
assembly shall be configured to allow 7-1/2 inch meter and an ASSE
1024 dual check valve with a combined distance of 12-3/4 inches
between inlet and outlet unions for the installation of the meter and
ASSE 1024 dual check valve backflow preventer. The City will install the
meter after property owner applies for it.
2. Meter boxes shall be equal to Ford Meter Box Company, Double Gulf
Box Part # LDG12U-243FUL TTPNA.
D. Valves and Accessories
1. Curb Stops
a. Ball valves shall be full port bronze, heavy duty type. Valve
ends shall be threaded. Valves shall have a minimum 200 psi
working pressure for water. Valves shall have stainless steel nut
and handle. Valves shall be made in the U.S.A.
b. Curb stops shall be equal to Ford B43-332W with padlock wings.
The stops shall open left.
2. Corporation Cocks
a. Corporation cocks shall be ground key type, shall be made of
bronze conforming to ASTM B61 or B62 and shall be suitable for
the working pressure of the system. Ends shall be suitable for
flare type joint. Coupling nut for connection to flared copper
tubing shall conform to ANSI B16.26.
b. Corporation cocks shall be equal to Ford FB600-4. The cocks
shall open left.
E. l-l/2-inch water services are saddle tapped to the water main using the
following brass material certified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61:
TS-42
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 32 12 13
Water Service Connections
1. Brass SaddleslW (IPT) - Ford or equal:
Pipe Size
6"
8"
10"
12"
16"
20"
24"
Part No.
202B-750-IP6
202B-962 - IP6
202B-1212-IP6
202B-1438- IP6
202B-1840-IP6
202B-2220-IP6
202B-2650-IP6
2. 11f2" Ballcorp Corporation Stop: Ford #FBllOO-6-G-K or equal
3. 11f2" Rolled Type K soft copper tubing
4. 11f2" Meter Setter- A.Y. McDonald #20R600WWFF 666X402 or equal
5. Water meter box & lid are of a composite material, box 24x36x24, and lid
with one 11.4" hole on top.
F. 2-inch water services are saddle tapped to the water main using the following
brass material certified to ANSIINSF Standard 61:
1. Brass SaddleslW (IPT) - Ford or equal:
Pipe Size
6"
8"
10"
12"
16"
20"
24"
Part No.
202B-750-IP7
202B-962-IP7
202B-1212-IP7
202B-1438- IP7
202B-1840- IP7
202B-2220-IP7
202B-2650-IP7
2. 2" Ballcorp Corporation Stop: Ford #FBllOO-7-G-K or equal
3. 2" Rolled Type K soft copper tubing
4. 2" Meter Setter: A.Y. McDonald #20R700WWFF 777X15.62 or equal
5. Water meter box & lid are of a composite material, box 24x36x24, and lid
with two I%" holes on top.
G. Detection Tape: Detection tape shall be composed of a solid aluminum foil
encased in a protective plastic jacket. Tapes shall be color coded in accordance
with APW A color codes with the following legends: Water Systems, Safety
Precaution Blue, "Caution Water Line Buried Below". Colors may be solid or
striped. Tape shall be permanently printed with no surface printing allowed.
Tape width shall be a minimum of 2-inches when buried less than lO-inches
below the surface. Tape width shall be a minimum of 3-inches when buried
greater than lO-inches and less than 20-inches. Detection tape shall be equal to
Lineguard Type III Detectable or Allen Systems Detectatape.
TS-43
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
2.02
Part 3 Execution
Section 32 12 13
Water Service Connections
Double Detector Backflow Preventer Assembly
A.
Provide a double detector check (DDC) backflow preventer (BFP) assembly in a
size to match that of the required fire line service piping. The DDC-BFP
assembly shall be provided with a OS&Y gate valve near the inlet and outlet
sides of the device.
B.
The DDC device shall be provided with three brass ball valve test cocks fitted
with brass or plastic threaded plugs. A fourth test cock shall be provided on the
upstream side of the inlet shut-off valve.
c.
The DDC device and shut-off valve bodies shall be cast iron, coated inside and
outside with a NSF-approved, fused epoxy coating and assembled with bolts that
are resistant to electrolysis. All DDC device interior I exterior components shall
be of materials equal in corrosion resistance to bronze and I or stainless steel to
resist electrolysis.
D.
Check valves shall have replaceable seats, and be accessible by top-entry only for
maintenance and repair. The detector bypass line on the DDC-BFP assembly
shall be of 3 14-inch copper pipe and have a bronze detector meter and a 3 14-inch
DCV-BFP complete with unions and shut-off valves.
E.
The DDC-BFP assembly shall be classified or listed by the Underwriters
Laboratories, Factory Mutual Insurance, and bear the ASSE seal (ASSE Standard
1049). The DDC-BFP assembly shall have approval of and conform to all current
requirements of the University of Southern California, Foundation for Cross-
Connection Control (USC-FCCC). The DDC-BFP assembly shall be individually
factory tested, shipped and installed as a unit.
F.
The DDC-BFP assembly shall not be buried in earth but installed below ground
in a concrete vault, and as close as practical to the property line of the premises.
G.
Under no condition will any connection be allowed on the system other than for
fire fighting or fire protection purposes.
H.
All DDC-BFP assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation and at least
annually thereafter. A copy of all test and maintenance reports must be
submitted to the Augusta Utility Department.
3.01 Installation
A. Water Service Connections
1. Immediately following completion of the water main system, water
service connections and meter boxes shall be installed for the properties
adjacent to the water transmission mains both to the same side of the
roadway (Short Side Service) and to the opposite side of the roadway
(Long Side Service) as directed by the Engineer.
2. The Contractor shall be prepared to make emergency repairs to the water
system, if necessary, due to damage by others working in the area. In
TS-44
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 32 12 13
Water Service Connections
conjunction with this requirement, the Contractor shall furnish and have
available at all times, a tapping machine, for the purpose of making
temporary water service taps or emergency repairs to damaged water
services. The Contractor shall furnish the City a phone number of an
individual with the authority to initiate emergency repair work. This
number must be provided prior to starting work on the Project.
3. All services connected to water main shall be through individual I-inch
direct tap regardless of service and meter size with the exception of 1 Ih"
and 2" inch services and above.
4. The water main shall be tapped with a tapping machine specifically
designed for that purpose. The tap shall be a direct tap into the water
main through a I-inch brass corporation cock. All taps shall be
supervised by the City. All taps shall be made on the water main at a
position so as not to be the top side of the pipe nor the bottom of the
pipe. Distance between taps must be a minimum of 18 inches apart and
not in line with each other.
5. Installation shall conform to the details for water service connections
appearing schematically on the Drawings. Contractor shall provide any
and all appurtenant work required to provide the intended water service
connections.
B. Service Lines
1. Copper tubing between tap and water meter shall be one continuous
length of pipe with no intermediate joints or connections. The service
line shall be placed without sharp turns or bends from the water main to
the meter box.
2. When meters are located on the opposite side of the street from the water
main, new copper service lines shall be extended through a common 6-
inch bore, Schedule 40 PVC conduit to the service side. Replacement of
existing services may be by free bore without a casing.
3. Provide detection tape over all service lines.
4. Service lines shall have a minimum of 30-inch clear cover between main
and meter, shallowing to a bury of I-inches at the meter location.
C. Meter Boxes
1. The meter box shall be located one foot from back of right of way. The
meter box lid shall be set at finished grade. The meter box shall be placed
on two courses of brick on a bed of gravel or crushed stone. Brick shall
not be placed on top of water service lines. The bed of gravel or crushed
stone shall be 3-inches thick and extend 6-inches in all directions beyond
the edge of the meter box. The box shall be carefully and uniformly
backfilled to prevent distortion that would cause leaks. Meter boxes
shall be located in pairs within two feet of the common property lines
between the lots.
TS-45
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 32 12 13
Water Service Connections
2. All water meters shall have fluorescent markings at curb. Markings shall
not be the same color as markings denoting hydrants. In addition to
fluorescent markings, a saw cut 1fz" deep "W" notch on top of curb at
water service location is required.
D. Relocation of Service Lines
1. Relocate the existing meter to the new right-of-way limits as shown on
the drawings or as ordered by the Engineer and reconnect to the house
service. Existing meters already located at the new right-of-way limits
will not need relocating.
2. Before disconnecting the existing meter, the existing corporation in the
main shall be closed. All existing meters and meter boxes shall be
removed if not already located at the right-of-way, reinstalled and
reconnected as indicated on the Drawings.
3. Existing service lines shall be field-located by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall be responsible for locating existing water meters,
relocating the meters and meter boxes as necessary, and determining the
existing size service line to reconnect the meters to the new water mains.
All service lines installed under existing pavement, including streets,
driveways and sidewalks, shall be installed by boring.
E. Transfer of Service: Immediately before connecting to the relocated or existing
meter, all service lines shall be flushed to remove any foreign matter. Any
special fittings required to reconnect the existing meter to the new copper service
line, or the existing private service line, shall be provided by the Contractor. To
minimize out of service time, the Contractor shall determine the connections to
be made and have all the required pipe and fittings on hand before shutting off
the existing service. After completing the connection, the new corporation stop
shall be opened and all visible leaks shall be repaired
F. Maintenance and Repairs: The tap, service line and meter box shall remain
under the Contractor's maintenance responsibility for the same warranty period
as the water main. The Contractor shall promptly repair any damage to the
water system during the warranty period.
END OF SECTION
TS-46
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 33 05 01.02
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
PARTl GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCES
A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section:
1. Augusta Utilities Department's "Water & Sanitary Sewer Systems-Guidelines"
(most recent edition); available at
/ / www.augustaga.gov/ departments / plannin~zoning/ dev _docs. asp. In the
event that any specific item of work is not covered in this specification the
above referenced document shall govern.
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO):
a. T99, Standard Specification for the Moisture-Density Relations of Soils
Using a 2.5 kg (5.5LB) Hammer and a 305mm (12 in.) Drop.
3. American Water Works Association (AWWA):
a. C104, Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for
Water.
b. C105, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems.
c. Cll0, Ductile Iron and Grey Iron-Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch.
d. C111, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
e. C115, Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron and Grey Iron
Fittings.
f. C150, Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe.
g. C151, Ductile-Iron Pipe. Centrifugally Cast, for Water.
h. C153, Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3-inch through 24-inch and 54-inch
through 64-inch for Water Service.
i. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service, Sizes 4-inch Through
144-inch (100mm through 3600mm).
J. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances.
k. C606, Grooved End, Shouldered Joints.
4. ASTM International (ASTM)
a. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
b. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
c. B16.21, Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe
Flanges.
d. D882, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic
Sheeting.
e. D1330, Standard Specification for Rubber Sheet Gaskets.
f. D1922, Standard Test Method for Propagation Tear Resistance of Plastic
Film and Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method.
g. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in
Automotive Applications.
h. D4976, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and
Extrusion Materials.
5. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Institute (DIPRA).
33 05 01.02
REVISION JULY 2008
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
T5-47
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals:
1. Shop Drawings: Marking plan and details of standard pipe section showing
dimensions, pipe joints, fitting and special fitting pressure rating and
thickness, size, coating and lining data.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Field Hydrostatic Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing and at
minimum, include the following:
a. Testing dates.
b. Piping systems and section(s) to be tested.
c. Method of isolation.
d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested.
e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s) to be
tested.
2. Certifications of Calibration: Approved testing laboratory certificate if
pressure gauge for hydrostatic test has been previously used. If pressure
gauge is new, no certificate is required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Pipe:
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. Joints:
1.
2.
1. General:
a. Centrifugally cast, grade 60-42-10 iron.
b. Meet requirements of AWWA C150, C153 and Cll1.
c. Lined and coated as specified.
Pressure rating of pipe as shown on drawings. Typically water mains 6 inches
through 16 inches require a Pressure Class of 350 while water mains 18 inches
through 24 inches require a Pressure Class of 300.
Pipe wall thickness of threaded pipe for a flanged pipe end shall be minimum
special thickness Class 53 from 12-inch to 54-inch diameter pipe in accordance
with A WW A C115.
Grooved end pipe, for all pipe diameters, shall be minimum Special Class 53.
Pipe shall be new and recently manufactured. Refurbished pipe shall not be
provided.
Push-On Joint: Rated at minimum working pressure equal to pipe material
design.
Restrained Joint:
a. Manufactured proprietary joint that mechanically restrains pipe to
adjoining pipe.
b. Manufacturers and Products:
1) American Cast Iron Pipe; Flex-Ring and Lok-Ring.
2) U.s. Pipe; TR Flex.
3) Or approved equal.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
T5-48
330501.02
REVISION JULY 2008
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3. Mechanical Wedge Action Type Joint:
a. Use only in areas where adjoining to fixed points where laying length is
determined in field.
b. Prior to purchase and installation, type and application of this joint shall
be approved by Engineer.
c. Manufacturers and Products:
1) EBAA Iron; Mega-Lug
2) Smith-Blair, Inc.; 111 Cam-Lock
4. Flanged Joint: Threaded 250 psi working pressure ductile iron flanges
conforming to A WW A C115.
C. Fittings:
1. Ductile Iron, Push-On, Flanged or Restrained Joint: In accordance with
AWWA C110, at 250 psi minimum working pressure for 3- to 24-inch fittings
and 150 psi minimum working pressure for 30- to 48-inch fittings.
2. Mechanical Joint Fittings: In accordance with A WW A C111.
3. Fittings shall be new and recently manufactured. Refurbished fittings will not
be accepted.
D. Welded Outlet: Only weld to pipe in manufacturer's shop.
E. Lining:
1. Pipe and fittings for clean water applications shall be cement-lined and
asphaltic seal coated in accordance with A WW A C104.
2. Pipe and fittings for wastewater applications shall be lined with 40-mil
ceramic epoxy, as manufactured by Induron.
F. Coating: Asphaltic type, 1 mil thick, in accordance with A WW A C151, C115,
C110 and C153.
G. Polyethylene Encasement:
1. Virgin polyethylene raw material conforming to requirements of
ASTM D4976.
2. Elongation: 800 percent, minimum, in machine and transverse direction
(ASTM D882).
3. Tensile Strength: 3,600 psi, minimum.
4. Dielectric Strength: 800V per mil-thickness, minimum.
5. Propagation Tear Resistance: 2,550-grams force (gf), minimum, in machine and
transverse direction (ASTM D1922).
6. Tube form, conforming to A WW A C105.
7. Film shall have minimum thickness of 0.008 inch (8 ml).
H. Bolting:
1. Bolts for flanged connections shall be carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade A hex
bolts and ASTM A563, Grade A hex head nuts.
2. Bolts for grooved end connections shall be manufacturer's standard.
33 05 01.02
REVISION JULY 2008
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
TS-49
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
I. Gaskets:
1. Gaskets for flat faced 150 and 250 psi working pressure flanges shall be
1/8 inch thick, red rubber (SBR), hardness 80 (Shore A), rated to 200 degrees F,
conforming to ASME B16.21, A WW A C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2.
2. Gaskets for grooved end joints shall be Halogenated butyl, conforming to
ASTM D2000 and A WW A C606.
2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Factory Tests: In accordance with AWWA Cl04, Cl05, C110, Cl11, C115, C150, C151,
C153 and C606.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect pipe and fittings to ensure no cracked, broken, or otherwise defective
materials are being used.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Trench Grade:
1. Grade bottom of trench by hand to specified line and grade, with proper
allowance for pipe thickness and pipe base, when specified. Trench bottom
shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for pipe between
bell holes.
2. Before laying each section of pipe, check grade and correct irregularities
found. Grade may be disturbed for removal of lifting tackle.
B. Bell (Joint) Holes: At each joint, dig bell holes of ample dimensions in bottom of
trench, and at sides where necessary, to permit joint to be made properly and to
permit easy visual inspection of entire joint.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Provide and use proper implements, tools, and facilities for safe and proper
prosecution of Work.
2. Lower pipe, fittings, and appurtenances into trench, piece by piece, by means
of a crane, slings, or other suitable tools and equipment, in such a manner as to
prevent damage to pipe materials, protective coatings and linings.
3. Do not drop or dump pipe materials into trench.
B. Cleaning Pipe and Fittings:
1. Remove lumps, blisters, and excess coal tar coating from bell and spigot ends
of each pipe. Wire brush outside of spigot and inside of bell and wipe clean,
dry, and free from oil and grease before pipe is laid.
2. Wipe ends of mechanical joint pipe and fittings and of rubber gasket joint pipe
and fittings clean of dirt, grease, and foreign matter.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
33 05 01.02
REVISION JULY 2008
TS-50
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
C. Laying Pipe:
1. Direction of Laying: Lay pipe with bell end facing in direction of laying. For
lines on an appreciable slope, face bells upgrade at discretion of Engineer.
2. Mechanical Joint, Push-On Joint, and Restrained Joint Pipe: After first length of
pipe is installed in trench, secure pipe in place with approved backfill material
tamped under and along sides to prevent movement. Keep ends clear of
backfill. After each section is jointed, place backfill as specified to prevent
movement.
3. Take precautions necessary to prevent floating of pipe prior to completion of
backfill operation.
4. When using movable trench shield, take necessary precautions to prevent pipe
joints from pulling apart when moving shield ahead.
5. Do not allow foreign material to enter pipe while it is being placed in trench.
6. Close and block open end of last laid section of pipe to prevent entry of foreign
material or creep of gasketed joints when laying operations are not in
progress, at close of day's work, or whenever workers are absent from job.
D. Joining Push-On Joint Pipe and Mechanical Joint Fittings:
1. Join pipe with push-on joints and mechanical joint fittings in strict accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations. The process of mechanized pipe
joining must be approved by Owner and Engineer.
2. Provide special tools and devices, such as, special jacks, chokers, and similar
items required for installation.
3. Lubricate pipe gaskets using lubricant furnished by pipe manufacturer. No
substitutes will be permitted.
4. Clean ends of fittings of dirt, mud, and foreign matter by washing with water
and scrubbing with a wire brush, after which, slip gland and gasket on plain
end of pipe. If necessary, lubricate end of pipe to facilitate sliding gasket in
place, then guide fitting onto spigot of pipe previously laid.
E. Cutting Pipe:
1. General: Cut pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damaging pipe or lining and so as to leave a
smooth end, at right angles to axis of pipe.
2. Pipe: Cut pipe with milling type cutter or saw. Do not flame cut.
3. Dressing Cut Ends: Dress cut end of mechanical joint pipe to remove sharp
edges or projections, which may damage rubber gasket. Dress cut ends of
push-on joint pipe by beveling, as recommended by manufacturer.
F. Field Welding:
1. Use of field welded outlets will not be allowed. Welding for outlets shall be
performed only in pipe manufacturer's shop.
2. Field installed outlets may be installed with saddle approved by Engineer.
Opening in pipe shall be machined cut and not with cutting torch.
3. Field welding of bars for restrained joint systems will not be allowed. All
welding shall be performed in pipe manufacturer's shop.
33 05 01.02
REVISION JULY 2008
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
TS-51
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
G. Line and Grade:
1. Minimum Pipe Cover: 4 feet, unless otherwise indicated.
2. No high points will be allowed between air valves.
3. Maintain pipe grade between invert elevations to provide minimum clearance
at air valve locations of 4 feet from existing ground surface to top of pipe.
4. Install air valves as shown and field verify intervening low points. When field
conditions warrant, exceptions may be made upon approval of Engineer.
5. Deviations exceeding 6 inches from specified line or 1 inch from specified
grade will not be allowed without express approval of Engineer.
6. Pipeline sections that are not installed to elevations shown or installed as
approved by Engineer shall be reinstalled to proper elevation.
H. Thrust Restraint:
1. Restrained joints only. Use of thrust blocking will not be allowed as restraint
unless specifically identified on plans and approved by the Owner and
Engineer.
I. Polyethylene Encasement:
1. Encase pipe, fittings, and valves where specified in accordance with
A WW A Cl05, Method A.
2. Cut polyethylene tube approximately 2 feet longer than pipe length.
3. Slip tube around pipe, centering to provide l-foot overlap on each adjacent
section.
4. Pull encasement to take out slack and wrap snug around pipe.
5. Secure overlap in place and fold at quarter points of pipe length.
6. Wrap and tape encasement snug around fittings and valves.
3.04 HYDROSTATIC TESTING
A. Pipeline Hydrostatic Test:
1. General:
a. Notify Owner in writing 5 days in advance of any testing. Perform
testing in presence of Owner or Engineer
b. Test newly installed pipelines. Using water as test medium, pipes shall
successfully pass a leakage test prior to acceptance.
c. Furnish testing equipment and perform tests in manner satisfactory to
Owner and Engineer. Testing equipment shall provide observable and
accurate measurements of leakage under specified conditions.
d. Isolate new pipelines that are connected to existing pipelines.
e. Conduct tests on entire pipeline after trench has been backfilled. Testing
may be done prior to placement of asphaltic concrete or roadway
structural section.
f. Contractor may, if field conditions permit and as determined by the
Owner, partially backfill trench and leave joints open for inspection and
conduct an initial service leak test. Hydrostatic test shall not, however,
be conducted until backfilling has been completed.
g. Owner shall provide gauge for pipeline hydrostatic test.
h. Contractor shall not work on sections of the successfully tested line
without the Owner's representative present.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
33 05 01.02
REVISION JULY 2008
TS-52
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2. Procedure:
a. Maximum filling velocity shall not exceed 0.25 foot per second,
calculated based on the full area of pipe.
b. Expel air from pipe system during filling. Expel air through air release
valve or through corporation stop installed at high points and other
strategic points.
c. Test pressure shall be one and a half times system operating pressure,
but in no case less than 200 psi as measured at low point of pipeline.
d. Apply and maintain specified test pressure with hydraulic force pump.
Valve off piping system when test pressure is reached.
e. Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 2 hours minimum,
adding additional make-up water only as necessary to restore test
pressure.
f. Determine actual leakage by measuring quantity of water necessary to
maintain specified test pressure for duration of test.
g. If measured leakage exceeds allowable leakage or if leaks are visible,
repair defective pipe section and repeat hydrostatic test.
3. Allowable Leakage: Maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed amount
stated in A WW A C600.
END OF SECTION
33 05 01.02
REVISION JULY 2008
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
TS-53
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Part 1 General
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
1.01 Scope
1.02
1.03
1.04
1.05
A.
This Section describes products to be incorporated into the water mains and
requirements for the installation and use of these items. Furnish all products and
perform all labor necessary to fulfill the requirements of these Specifications.
B.
Supply all products and perform all work in accordance with applicable
American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM), American Water Works
Association (AWWA), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), or other
recognized standards. Latest revisions of all standards are applicable.
Qualifications
If requested by the Engineer, submit evidence that manufacturers have
consistently produced products of satisfactory quality and performance for a
period of at least two years.
Submittals
Complete shop drawings, product data and engineering data for all products
shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Transportation and Handling
A.
Unloading: Furnish equipment and facilities for unloading, handling,
distributing and storing pipe, fittings, valves and accessories. Make equipment
available at all times for use in unloading. Do not drop or dump materials. Any
materials dropped or dumped will be subject to rejection without additional
justification. Pipe handled on skids shall not be rolled or skidded against the
pipe on the ground.
B.
Handling: Handle pipe, fittings, valves and accessories carefully to prevent
shock or damage. Handle pipe by rolling on skids, forklift, or front end loader.
Do not use material damaged in handling. Slings, hooks or pipe tongs shall be
padded and used in such a manner as to prevent damage to the exterior coatings
or internal lining of the pipe.
Storage and Protection
A.
Store all pipes which cannot be distributed along the route. Make arrangements
for the use of suitable storage areas.
B.
Stored materials shall be kept safe from damage. The interior of all pipes, fittings
and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all
times. Valves and hydrants shall be drained and stored in a manner that will
protect them from damage by freezing.
c.
Pipes shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the
manufacturer. The bottom tier shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails or
concrete. Pipe in tiers shall be alternated: bell, plain end; bell, plain end. At
TS-54
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
D.
least two rows of timbers shall be placed between tiers and chocks, affixed to
each other in order to prevent movement. The timbers shall be large enough to
prevent contact between the pipes in adjacent tiers.
Stored mechanical and push-on joint gaskets shall be placed in a cool location out
of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products.
Gaskets shall be used on a first-in, first-out basis.
E.
Mechanical-joint bolts shall be handled and stored in such a manner that will
ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes.
1.06
Quality Assurance
The manufacturer shall provide written certification to the Engineer that all
products furnished comply with all applicable requirements of these
Specifications.
Part 2 Products
2.01
Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
A.
DIP shall be centrifugally cast and shall conform to AWWA C150/ ANSI A21.50
(latest edition) for design and AWWA C151/ ANSI A21.51 (latest edition) for
manufacture. All pipes, except specials, shall be furnished in nominal lengths of
18 to 20 feet. Sizes will be as shown on the Drawings. All pipes shall have a
minimum pressure rating as indicated in the following table and corresponding
minimum wall thickness, unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings:
Pipe Sizes (inches)
6 -16
18 - 24
Pressure Class (psi)
350
300
B. Flanged pipe minimum wall thickness shall be equal to Special Class 53. Flanges
shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer.
C. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall have bituminous coating outside and shall be
cement lined in accordance with AWWA Cl04/ ANSI A21.4 (latest edition).
Minimum thickness for cement mortar lining shall be 1/16-inch.
D. Certificates of conformance with the foregoing specifications shall be furnished
with each lot of pipes supplied.
E. Standard pressure pipe fittings of size 4-inch and larger shall be ductile iron
conforming to A WW A C153 (latest edition), with mechanical joints unless
flanged or restrained joints are required. Gray cast-iron fittings are not allowed.
Ductile iron fittings shall be epoxy coated in accordance with A WW A Cl16
(latest edition). Mechanical joint fittings, 24-inch and smaller shall be rated for
350 psi minimum working pressure, all fittings between 30 and 48-inch shall be
rated for 250 psi minimum working pressure. Mechanical joint fittings 54
through 64- inch shall be rated 150 psi minimum working pressure. Glands for
mechanical joint fittings shall be ductile iron. Only bolt systems furnished by the
TS-55
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
manufacturer for mechanical joints are acceptable. Nuts and bolts shall be new.
Pipe gaskets shall be new as supplied by the pipe manufacturer. For sizes less
than 4-inch, fittings shall be suitable to the pipe material and application.
F. Joints
1. Unless shown or specified otherwise, joints shall be push-on or
restrained joint type for pipes and standard mechanical, push-on or
restrained joints for fittings. Push-on and mechanical joints shall
conform to AWWA Cl11/ ANSI A21.11 (latest edition). Rubber gasket
joints shall conform to AWWA Cl11/ ANSI A21.11 (latest edition), and
shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer with the pipe. A non-toxic
vegetable soap lubricant shall be supplied with the pipe in sufficient
quantities for installing the pipe. The lubricant shall be approved by
NSF for use with potable water mains.
2. For 12-inch diameter and smaller, restrained joints shall be U.s. Pipe Field
Lok, American Ductile Iron Pipe Lok-Fast, EBAA Iron Mega-Lug, or an
equivalent product.
3. For 14-inch diameter and larger, restrained joints shall be u.s. Pipe TR Flex,
American Ductile Iron Pipe Lok-Ring, or equivalent product, or EBAA Iron
Mega-Lug.
4. No field welding for manufactured restrained joint pipe assembly will be
permitted. Where field cutting of restrained joint pipe is required, the joint
shall be assembled with American Field Flex-Rings or US Pipe TR FLEX
GRIPPER Rings.
5. For flanged pipe, flanges shall be ductile iron Class 150, ANSI B16.5.
Flanged joint fittings 14-inch and smaller shall be rated for 350 psi
minimum working pressure, and flanged joint fittings between 14 and 48-
inch shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. All flanges shall be flat
faced. Full face, 1/8 inch black neoprene gaskets shall be used on all
flanged joints. All joints shall conform to A WW A C115 (latest edition).
Bolts, nuts and washers for flanges shall be hot dip galvanized.
G. Bolts and Nuts
1. Provide the necessary bolts for connections. All bolts and nuts shall be
threaded in accordance with ANSI Bl.l, Coarse Thread Series, Class 2A
external and 2B internal fit. All bolts and nuts shall be made in the
u.s.A.
2. Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints shall be Tee Head Bolts and nuts of
Cor-Ten steel.
3. Flanged joints shall be bolted with through stud or tap bolts of required
size as directed. Bolt length and diameter shall conform to ANSIj A WW A
C115 for Class 150 flanges shown in ANSI/ ASME B16.5.
TS-56
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
2.02
2.03
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
4. Bolts for exposed service shall be zinc plated, cold pressed, steel machine
bolts conforming to ASTM A 307, Grade B. Nuts for exposed service
shall be zinc plated, heavy hex conforming to ASTM A 563. Zinc plating
shall conform to ASTM B 633, Type II.
5. Bolts for submerged service shall be stainless steel machine bolts
conforming to ASTM A 193, Grade B8. Nuts shall be heavy hex, stainless
steel conforming to ASTM A 194, Grade 8.
H.
Thrust collars shall be welded-on ductile iron body type or split retainer gland
type, as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, designed to
withstand thrust due to 250 psi internal pressure on a dead end.
I.
Acceptance will be on the basis of the Engineer's inspection and the
manufacturer's written certification that the pipe was manufactured and tested in
accordance with the applicable standards.
PVC Pipe
A.
PVC pipe shall be Type 1 Grade 1 rigid, polyvinyl chloride pipe and shall be in
accordance with ASTM D-1784 and ASTM D-1785.
B.
The pipe shall be suitable for field cutting, welding and coupling and shall be
Schedule 80 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
c.
Fittings shall be the socket type for solvent weld joints as designated in ASTM D-
2467 or D-2466, or flanged as shown on the Drawings and shall be compatible
with the pipe where installed. Flanges shall be furnished with 1/8-inch thick full-
faced gaskets. Flange bolts and nuts shall be ASTM A276, Type 304 or 316
stainless steel.
D.
Solvent cement for socket type joints shall conform to ASTM 2564 for PVC pipe
and fittings.
E,
All PVC pipe for potable water service shall bear the approved stamp of the
National Sanitation Foundation.
F.
Copper wire (12 gauge) shall be attached along the top of all buried PVC water
lines, wrapped around service corporations and stubbed up into all valves boxes
for locating purposes. This wire shall be mechanically spliced so as to be
electrically conductive, then insulated to protect against corrosion of the bare
wire.
Copper Pipe
A.
Pipe shall be rolled copper tubing, ASTM B 88, Type K. Fittings shall be sweat type
wrought copper, ANSI B16.22.
B.
Where required, sweat to screw adapters shall be cast bronze ANSI B16.18, wrought
solder joint ANSI B16.22. Unions shall be cast bronze or bronze with solder
connections. Joints shall be made with 95/5 solder for Type K pipe.
TS-57
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
c.
Pipe, solder and flux used during installation of the water lines and services
must be "lead-free" with not more than 8% lead in pipe and fittings, and not
more than 0.2% lead in solders and flux.
2.04
Valves
A.
Gate Valves (GV): 4-Inch to 18-Inch in Diameter
1. Gate valves shall be resilient wedge type conforming to the requirements
of A WW A C509 (latest edition) rated for 250 psi working pressure.
2. Valves shall be provided with two O-ring stem seals with one O-ring
located above and one O-ring below the stem collar. The area between
the O-rings shall be filled with lubricant to provide lubrication to the
thrust collar bearing surfaces each time the valve is operated. At least
one anti-friction washer shall be utilized to further minimize operating
torque. All seals between valve parts, such as body and bonnet, bonnet
and bonnet cover, shall be flat gaskets or O-rings.
3. The valve gate shall be made of cast or ductile iron having a vulcanized,
synthetic rubber coating, or a seat ring attached to the disc with retaining
screws. Sliding of the rubber on the seating surfaces to compress the
rubber will not be allowed. The design shall be such that
compression-set of the rubber shall not affect the ability of the valve to
seal when pressure is applied to either side of the gate. The sealing
mechanism shall provide zero leakage at the water working pressure
when installed with the line flow in either direction.
4. All internal ferrous surfaces shall be coated with epoxy to a minimum
thickness of 4 mils. The epoxy shall be non-toxic, impart no taste to the
water and shall conform to A WW A C550.
5. Valves shall be non-rising stem type with a 2-inch square wrench nut,
except in meter vaults where hand wheels shall be installed, and shall
open left. The manufacturer shall provide an affidavit of compliance
with the applicable A WW A standards.
6. Gate valves shall be U.s. Pipe Metro-Seal 250 resilient seated gate valve,
or equivalent, and must conform to A WW A C509 (latest edition).
B. Butterfly Valves (BV) 18-Inches and Larger in Diameter
1. Butterfly valves shall be resilient seated and shall be designed,
manufactured, and tested in accordance with all requirements of A WW A
C504 and as modified below. Valves shall be designed for a rated working
pressure of 250 psi. Class B, A WW A C504 Section 5.2 testing requirements
are modified as follows:
a. The leakage test shall be performed at a pressure of 250 psi;
b. The hydrostatic test shall be performed at a pressure of 500 psi;
and
TS-58
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
c. Proof of design tests shall be performed and certification of such
proof of design test shall be provided to the Engineer.
2. Valve bodies shall be ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade
65-45-12 or ASTM A 126, Grade B cast iron. Shafts and shaft hardware
shall be ASTM A 564, Type 630 stainless steel, machined and polished.
Valve discs shall be ductile iron, ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. The
resilient valve seat shall be located either on the valve disc or in the valve
body and shall be fully field adjustable and field replaceable.
3. Valves shall be installed with the valve shafts horizontal. Valves and
actuators shall have seals on all shafts and gaskets on valve actuator
covers to prevent the entry of water. Actuator mounting brackets shall
be totally enclosed and shall have gasket seals.
4. Actuators
a. Valves shall be equipped with traveling nut, self-locking type
actuators designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with
A WW A C504. Actuators shall be capable of holding the disc in
any position between full open and full closed without any
movement or fluttering of the disc.
b. Actuators shall be furnished with fully adjustable mechanical
stop-limiting devices. Actuators that utilize the sides of the
actuator housing to limit disc travel are unacceptable.
c. Valve actuators shall be capable of withstanding a minimum of
450 foot pounds of input torque in either the open or closed
position without damage.
5. Operators: Valves for buried service shall have a 2-inch square wrench
nut type operator and shall be equipped with a valve box and stem
extension, as required and shall open left.
6. Valve ends shall be mechanical joint type, except where flange joint ends
are shown. Flange joints shall meet the requirements of ANSI B16.5, Class
250, but drilled and faced to Class 150 dimensions.
7. Butterfly valves shall be manufactured by Mueller, M & H Valve,
DeZurik, Val-Matic, or Pratt.
c.
Valves shall be provided with valve stem extensions to within 6 inches of ground
surface, where centerline of pipe to grade is greater than 4 feet.
2.05
Fire Hydrants (FH)
A.
Fire hydrants shall be of the dry barrel break-away type conforming to A WW A
C502 (latest edition), with two 21/2-inch threaded hose nozzles and one 41/2-inch
TS-59
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
2.06
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
threaded pumper nozzle, all equipped with caps and non-kinking chains. Hose
and pumper connections shall be breech-locked, pinned, or threaded and pinned
to seal them into the hydrant barrel. Hose and pumper nozzle threading shall be
national standard. Shoe connection shall be 6-inch mechanical joint. The center
line of the nozzles shall be 18 inches above the finish grade. Hydrants shall have
a 5%-inch interior valve opening. .
B.
In the event of a traffic accident, the hydrant barrel shall break away from the
standpipe at a point above grade and in a manner which will prevent damage to
the barrel and stem, preclude opening of the valve, and permit rapid and
inexpensive restoration without digging or cutting off the water.
c.
The means for attaching the barrel to the standpipe shall permit facing the
hydrant a minimum of eight different directions.
D.
Hydrants shall be fully bronze mounted with all working parts of bronze. Valve
seat ring shall be bronze and shall screw into a bronze retainer.
E.
All working parts, including the seat ring shall be removable through the top
without disturbing the barrel of the hydrant.
F.
The operating nut shall match those on the existing hydrants and shall open left.
The operating threads shall be totally enclosed in an operating chamber,
separated from the hydrant barrel by a rubber O-ring stem seal and lubricated by
a grease or an oil reservoir.
G.
Hydrant shall be a non-freezing design and be provided with a simple, positive,
and automatic drain which shall be fully closed whenever the main valve is
opened.
H.
Hydrants shall be furnished with a mechanical joint connection to the spigot of
the 6-inch hydrant lead.
I.
Minimum depth of bury shall be 4.5 feet. Provide extension section where
necessary for proper vertical installation and in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
J.
All outside surfaces of the barrel above grade shall be painted yellow with
Sherwin Williams KEM 400.
K.
Hydrants shall be traffic model and shall be Mueller #A-24018, M&H Figure
129T, A WW A Compression-Type Dry-Top Traffic Model, of 150 psi working
pressure, and 300 psi testing pressure. Kennedy K-81D will also be accepted..
Valve Boxes (VB) and Extension Stems
A.
All valves shall be equipped with valve boxes. The valve boxes shall be cast iron
two-piece screw type with drop covers. Valve boxes shall have a 5.25-inch inside
diameter. Valve box covers shall weigh a minimum of 13 pounds. The valve
boxes shall be adjustable to six inches up or down from the nominal required
cover over the pipe. Valve boxes shall be of sufficient length that bottom flange
TS-60
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
of the lower belled portion of the box is below the valve operating nut. Ductile
or cast iron extensions shall be provided as necessary. Covers shall have
"WATER VAL VB" or "WATER" cast into them. Valve boxes shall be
manufactured in the United States. Valve boxes shall be M&H E-2702, Mueller
Hl0364 or approved equal. The flanged base of the valve box shall be at least six
inches above the pipe so not to stress water lines 4-inch and smaller. Extensions
shall be M&H E-3120 or Mueller H-l0375.
B.
All valve boxes shall have a concrete collar, minimum nine inches thick. The
collar shall be square or round and sized twenty-four inches square or twenty-
four inches in diameter. Precast collars may be used, provided that they are
grouted in place to the valve box. The box is to be flush with finished grade. The
edge of the valve box is to be 1/2 inch above the edge of the concrete collar.
c.
All valves shall be furnished with Type 316 stainless steel extension stems, as
necessary, to bring the operating nut to within six inches of the top of the valve
box. Connection to the valve shall be with a wrench nut coupling and a set
screw to secure the coupling to the valve's operating nut. The coupling and
square wrench nut shall be welded or pinned to the extension stem and shall
have a centering ring. Extension stems shall be minimum one inch in diameter.
2.07
Valve Markers (VM)
The Contractor shall provide a concrete valve marker as detailed on the
Drawings for each valve installed outside paved areas. Valve markers shall be
stamped "WATER". Valve markers shall be in accordance with AUD standards. In
addition to concrete valve marker where street curbs are installed a saw cut 1/2 inch
deep "V" notch on top of curb adjacent to water valve location is required.
2.08
Tapping Sleeves and Valves (TS&V)
Tapping sleeves shall be of a heavy body ductile iron of the split-sleeve,
mechanical joint type and shall be suitable for a working pressure of 200 psi for
sleeves larger than 14-inch, or a working pressure of 250 psi for sleeves equal to
or less than 14-inch, or as approved by AUD. The Contractor shall be responsible
for determining the outside diameter of the pipe to be connected to prior to
ordering the sleeve. Valves shall be gate valves furnished in accordance with the
specifications shown above, with flanged connection to the tapping sleeve and
mechanical joint connection to the branch pipe. The tapping sleeve shall be
supplied by the valve manufacturer. Tapping sleeves shall be equal to American
Flow Control, Mueller H-615 or M & H Valve. Tapping sleeves and valves are
required for all taps 4 inches and greater. Taps less than 4 inches shall be
provided with a service saddle meeting the requirements of Section 02668.
Tapping sleeves shall be a minimum of 6 feet from pipe joints
2.09
Air Valves for Water Service
A.
The air release and vacuum break valve shall be of the compact single chamber
design with solid cylindrical HOPE control floats housed in a tubular stainless steel
body with epoxy powder coated cast iron or steel ends secured by means of
stainless steel tie rods. The valve shall have an integral "anti-shock" orifice
mechanism which shall operate automatically to limit transient pressure rise or
TS-61
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
2.10
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
shock induced by closure to two times valve rated working pressure. The intake
orifice area shall be equal to the nominal size of the valve.
B.
Large orifice sealing shall be affected by the flat face of the control float seating
against a nitrile rubber O-ring housed in a dovetail groove circumferentially
surrounding the orifice. Discharge of pressurized air shall be controlled by the
seating and unseating of a small orifice nozzle on a natural rubber seal affixed into
the control float. The nozzle shall have a flat seating land surrounding the orifice so
that the damage to the rubber seal is prevented.
c.
The valve construction shall be proportioned with regard to material strength
characteristics, so that deformation, leaking or damage of any kind does not occur
by submission to twice the designed working pressure. The valve design shall
incorporate an over pressure safety feature that will fail without an explosive effect,
such as is normally the case when highly compressed air is released suddenly. The
feature shall consist of replaceable components such as gaskets or seals.
D.
Connection to the valve inlet shall be facilitated by a flanged end conforming to
ANSI B16.1 Oass 125. Flanged ends shall be supplied with the requisite number of
stainless steel or mild steel screwed studs inserted for alignment to the specific
standard.
E.
Valve orifice size shall be as shown on the Drawings.
F.
Provide a l/4-inch NPT test/bleed cock.
G.
An isolation valve between the main and the air valve shall be installed in
accordance with the Drawings.
H.
All air valves and accessories shall be equal to Vent-o-Mat.
Manholes and Precast Concrete Products
A.
Precast Concrete Sections
1. Precast concrete sections shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 478 for
round shaped and ASTM C 913 for rectangular shaped precast concrete
products. The minimum compressive strength of the concrete in precast
sections shall be 4,000 psi. The minimum wall thickness shall be
one-twelfth of the inside diameter of the base, riser or the largest cone
diameter.
2. Transition slabs which convert bases larger than four feet in diameter to
four foot diameter risers shall be designed by the precast concrete
manufacturer to carry the live and dead loads exerted on the slab.
3. Seal joints between precast sections by means of rubber O-ring gaskets or
flexible butyl rubber sealant. Butyl rubber sealants shall meet the
requirements of AASHTO M-198. Sealant shall be pre-formed type with
a minimum nominal diameter of l-inch.
TS-62
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
4. Butyl rubber sealant shall be equal to Kent Seal No. 2 or Concrete
Sealants CS 202.
B. Brick and Mortar: Brick shall be whole and hardburned, conforming to ASTM C
32, Grade MS. Mortar shall be made of one part Portland cement and two parts
clean sharp sand. Cement shall be Type 1 and shall conform to ASTM C 150.
Sand shall meet ASTM C 144.
C. Iron Castings
1. Cast iron manhole frames, covers and steps shall meet the requirements
of ASTM A 48 for Class 30 gray iron and all applicable local standards.
All castings shall be tough, close grained, smooth and free from blow
holes, blisters, shrinkage, strains, cracks, cold shots and other
imperfections. No casting will be accepted which weighs less than 95
percent of the design weight. Shop drawings must indicate the design
weight and provide sufficient dimensions to permit checking. All
castings shall be thoroughly cleaned in the shop and given two coats of
approved bituminous paint before rusting begins.
2. Manhole frames and covers shall be equal to the following:
Type
Design
Weight
400#
Manufacturer's
Reference
Bolt
Down
Neenah A-
1916-Fl
Vulcan
V-2358
3. All frames and covers shall have machined horizontal bearing surfaces.
4. Bolt-down covers shall be equipped with four 1/2-inch stainless steel bolts
and a 1/B-inch red rubber or rubber O-ring gasket. Covers shall be
rotatable and interchangeable. Bolt holes shall be bored through so that
debris entering the bolt hole will fall into the manhole. Bolt holes shall
have the full 360 degree circle within the cover's radius when bored
through the cover.
D. Plastic Steps: Manhole steps of polypropylene, molded around a steel rod, equal
to products of M.A. Industries may be used.
E. Floor Door
1. Door shall be single or double leaf type as shown on the Drawings.
2. The frame shall be 1/ 4-inch extruded aluminum alloy 6063- T6, with
built-in neoprene cushion and with strap anchors bolted to the exterior.
Door leaf shall be 1/4-inch aluminum diamond plate, alloy 6061-T6,
reinforced with aluminum stiffeners as required. Stainless steel hinges
shall be bolted to the underside and pivot on torsion bars that
counterbalance the door for easy operation. The door shall open to 90
degrees and lock automatically in that position. A vinyl grip handle shall
TS-63
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
be provided to release the cover for closing. The door shall be built to
withstand a live load of 300 pounds per square foot, and shall be equipped
with a snap lock and removable handle. Bituminous coating shall be
applied to exterior of frame by the manufacturer. The door shall also be
provided with a hasp in addition to the built-in locking mechanism.
3. The floor door shall be manufactured by The Bilco Company or Thompson
Fabricating Company.
F. Vents
1. Where vent pipes are shown on the Drawings, vents shall be of
one-piece, welded steel construction. Vent pipes shall equal air valve
size, but no less than 4-inches. The vent pipe shall be grouted into a
precast hole in the vault. The discharge of the vent pipe shall be
provided with a 3/16-inch PVC coated mesh screen.
2. Where vent pipes are not shown on the Drawings, the frame and cover or
floor door shall be provided with I-inch holes to provide equivalent
opening as in air valve, but not less than two. The quantity for each
valve size is as follows: 2-inch, 4; 3-inch, 9; 4-inch, 16; 6-inch, 36; 8-inch,
64.
2.12
Retainer Glands
A.
Retainer glands for ductile iron pipe shall be Mega-Lug Series 1100, as
manufactured by EBAA Iron, Uni-Flange Series 1400, as manufactured by Ford
Meter Box Company, Stargrip Series 3000, as manufactured by Star Pipe
Products, or Sigma One LOK Series SLD as manufactured by Nappco-Sigma.
B.
Retainer glands shall be provided at all mechanical joints, including fittings,
valves, hydrants and other locations as shown on the Drawings.
2.13
Hydrant Tees
Hydrant tees shall be equal to ACIPCO Al0180 or U.s. Pipe U-592.
2.14
Anchor Couplings
Lengths and sizes shall be as shown on the Drawings. Anchor couplings shall be
equal to ACIPCO A 10895 or U.s. Pipe U-591.
2.15
Hydrant Connector Pipe
The connector pipe shall be ductile iron meeting the requirements of A WW A C153
and shall be cement lined in accordance with A WW A Cl04. The pipe shall have a
24-inch offset design so the hydrant can be adjusted to ensure placement at the
proper grade and shall have an anchoring feature at both ends so that when used
with mechanical joint split glands, a restrained joint is provided. The connector
pipe shall be Gradelok as manufactured by Assured Flow Sales, Inc., Sarasota,
Florida.
TS-64
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
2.16
Concrete
Concrete shall have a compressive strength of not less than 3,000 psi, with not
less than 5.5 bags of cement per cubic yard and a slump between 3 and 5-inches.
For job mixed concrete, submit the concrete mix design for approval by the
Engineer. Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed and transported in accordance
with ASTM C 94. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
A 615, Grade 60. Concrete for thrust blocking and thrust collars shall be high
early strength concrete.
2.17
Electronic Markers
Electronic markers shall be buried with utilities to serve as a locating device.
Electronic markers shall be the active, programmable type. Each marker shall be
color coded in accordance with APW A standards and produce an industry
specific frequency. Each marker shall contain a passive antenna that requires no
internal power source. Markers shall be of water resistant polyethylene shells
and impervious to minerals, chemicals, and underground temperature extremes.
Electronic markers shall be compatible with 3M Dynatel 1420 EMS-iD'Marker
Locator. Contractor shall supply one Marker Locator for use during installation
and shall turn over Locator to City upon project completion. Markers shall be 3M
Dynatel1423 XR/iD for water service.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Existing Utilities and Obstructions
A. The Drawings indicate utilities or obstructions that are known to exist according
to the best information available to the City. The Contractor shall call the
Utilities Protection Center (UPC) (800-282-7411) as required by Georgia law
(Code Section 25-9-1 through 25-9-13) and all utilities, agencies or departments
that own and/or operate utilities in the vicinity of the construction work site at
least 72 hours (three business days) prior to construction to verify the location of
the existing utilities.
B. Existing Utility Location: The following steps shall be exercised to avoid
interruption of existing utility service.
1. Provide the required notice to the utility owners and allow them to
locate their facilities according to Georgia law. Field utility locations are
valid for only 10 days after original notice. The Contractor shall ensure
at the time of any excavation that a valid utility location exists at the
point of excavation.
2. Expose the facility, for a distance of at least 200 feet in advance of
pipeline construction, to verify its true location and grade. Repair, or
have repaired, any damage to utilities resulting from locating or
exposing their true location.
3. Avoid utility damage and interruption by protection with means or
methods recommended by the utility owner.
TS-65
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
4. Maintain a log identifying when phone calls were made, who was called,
area for which utility relocation was requested and work order number
issued, if any. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer an updated
copy of the log bi-weekly, or more frequently if required.
C. Conflict with Existing Utilities
1. Horizontal Conflict: Horizontal conflict shall be defined as when the
actual horizontal separation between a utility, main, or service and the
proposed water main does not permit safe installation of the water main
by the use of sheeting, shoring, tying-back, supporting, or temporarily
suspending service of the parallel or crossing facility. The Contractor
may change the proposed alignment of the water main to avoid
horizontal conflicts if the new alignment remains within the available
right-of-way or easement, complies with regulatory agency requirements
and after a written request to and subsequent approval by the Engineer.
Where such relocation of the water main is denied by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall arrange to have the utility, main, or service relocated.
2. Vertical Conflict: Vertical conflict shall be defined as when the actual
vertical separation between a utility, main, or service and the proposed
water main does not permit the crossing without immediate or potential
future damage to the utility, main, service, or the water main. The
Contractor may change the proposed grade of the water main to avoid
vertical conflicts if the changed grade maintains adequate cover and
complies with regulatory agencies requirements after written request to
and subsequent approval by the Engineer. Where such relocation of the
water main is denied by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange to
have the utility, main, or service relocated.
D. Electronic Locator: Have available at all times an electronic pipe locator and a
magnetic locator, in good working order, to aid in locating existing pipe lines or
other obstructions.
E. Water and Sewer Separation
1. Water mains should maintain a mmlmum 10 foot edge-to-edge
separation from sewer lines, whether gravity or pressure. If the main
cannot be installed in the prescribed easement or right-of-way and
provide the 10 foot separation, the separation may be reduced, provided
the bottom of the water main is a minimum of 18-inches above the top of
the sewer. Should neither of these two separation criteria be possible,
the water main shall be installed below the sewer with a minimum
vertical separation of 18-inches.
2. The water main, when installed below the sewer, shall be encased in
concrete with a minimum 6-inch concrete depth to the first joint in each
direction. Where water mains cross the sewer, the pipe joint adjacent to the
pipe crossing the sewer shall be cut to provide maximum separation of the
pipe joints from the sewer.
TS-66
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
3. No water main shall pass through, or come in contact with, any part of a
sanitary sewer manhole.
3.02
Construction Along Highways, Streets and Roadways
A.
Install pipe lines and appurtenances along highways, streets and roadways in
accordance with the applicable regulations of, and permits issued by, the
Department of Transportation and City with reference to construction
operations, safety, traffic control, road maintenance and repair.
B.
Traffic Control
1. The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain all necessary
barricades, suitable and sufficient lights and other traffic control devices;
provide qualified flagmen where necessary to direct traffic; take all
necessary precautions for the protection of the work and the safety of the
public. Flagmen shall be certified by a Georgia DOT approved training
program.
2. Construction traffic control devices and their installation shall be in
accordance with the current Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices
for Streets and Highways.
3. Placement and removal of construction traffic control devices shall be
coordinated with the Georgia Department of Transportation and City a
minimum of 48 hours in advance of the activity.
4. Placement of construction traffic control devices shall be scheduled
ahead of associated construction activities. Construction time in street
right-of-way shall be conducted to minimize the length of time traffic is
disrupted. Construction traffic control devices shall be removed
immediately following their useful purpose. Traffic control devices used
intermittently, such as "Flagmen Ahead", shall be removed and replaced
when needed.
5. Existing traffic control devices within the construction work zone shall
be protected from damage. Traffic control devices requiring temporary
relocation shall be located as near as possible to their original vertical
and horizontal locations. Original locations shall be measured from
reference points and recorded in a log prior to relocation. Temporary
locations shall provide the same visibility to affected traffic as the
original location. Relocated traffic control devices shall be reinstalled in
their original locations as soon as practical following construction.
6. Construction traffic control devices shall be maintained in good repair
and shall be clean and visible to affected traffic for daytime and
nighttime operation. Traffic control devices affected by the construction
work zone shall be inspected daily.
7.
Construction
background.
background.
warning signs shall be black legend on an orange
Regulatory signs shall be black legend on a white
Construction sign panels shall meet the minimum
TS-67
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
reflective requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation and
City. Sign panels shall be of durable materials capable of maintaining
their color, reflective character and legibility during the period of
construction.
8. Channelization devices shall be positioned preceding an obstruction at a
taper length as required by the current Manual On Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and Highways, as appropriate for the speed
limit at that location. Channelization devices shall be patrolled to insure
that they are maintained in the proper position throughout their period
of use.
C. Construction Operations
1. Perform all work along highways, streets and roadways to minimize
interference with traffic.
2. Stripping: Where the pipe line is laid along road right-of-way, strip and
stockpile all sod, topsoil and other material suitable for right-of-way
restoration.
3. Trenching, Laying and Backfilling: Do not open the trench any further
ahead of pipe laying operations than is necessary. Backfill and remove
excess material immediately behind laying operations. Complete
excavation and backfill for any portion of the trench in the same day.
4. Shaping: Reshape damaged slopes, side ditches, and ditch lines
immediately after completing backfilling operations. Replace topsoil,
sod and any other materials removed from shoulders.
5. Construction operations shall be limited to 400 feet along areas, including
clean-up and utility exploration.
D. Excavated Materials: Do not place excavated material along highways, streets
and roadways in a manner which obstructs traffic. Sweep all scattered excavated
material off of the pavement in a timely manner.
E. Drainage Structures: Keep all side ditches, culverts, cross drains, and other
drainage structures clear of excavated material. Care shall be taken to provide
positive drainage to avoid ponding or concentration of runoff.
F. Landscaping Features: Landscaping features shall include, but are not
necessarily limited to: fences; property corners; cultivated trees and shrubbery;
manmade improvements; subdivision and other signs within the right-of-way
and easement. The Contractor shall take extreme care in moving landscape
features and promptly re-establishing these features.
G. Maintaining Highways, Streets, Roadways and Driveways
1. Maintain streets, highways, roadways and driveways in suitable
condition for movement of traffic until completion and final acceptance
of the Work.
TS-68
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
3.03
3.04
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
2. During the time period between pavement removal and completing
permanent pavement replacement, maintain highways, streets and
roadways by the use of steel running plates. Running plate edges shall
have asphalt placed around their periphery to minimize vehicular
impact. The backfill above the pipe shall be compacted as specified
elsewhere up to the existing pavement surface to provide support for the
steel running plates.
3. Furnish a road grader or front-end loader for maintaining highways,
streets, and roadways. The grader or front-end loader shall be available
at all times.
4. Immediately repair all driveways that are cut or damaged. Maintain
them in a suitable condition for use until completion and final
acceptance of the Work.
Pipe Distribution
A.
Pipe shall be distributed and placed in such a manner that will not interfere with
traffic.
B.
No pipe shall be strung further along the route than 1,000 feet beyond the area in
which the Contractor is actually working without written permission from the
City. The City reserves the right to reduce this distance to a maximum distance
of 200 feet in residential and commercial areas based on the effects of the
distribution to the adjacent property owners.
c.
No street or roadway may be closed for unloading of pipe without first obtaining
permission from the proper authorities. The Contractor shall furnish and
maintain proper warning signs and obstruction lights for the protection of traffic
along highways, streets and roadways upon which pipe is distributed.
D.
No distributed pipe shall be placed inside drainage ditches.
E.
Distributed pipe shall be placed as far as possible from the roadway pavement,
but no closer than five feet from the roadway pavement, as measured
edge-to-edge.
Location and Grade
A.
The Drawings show the alignment and grade of the water main and the location
of valves, hydrants and other appurtenances.
B.
Prior to clearing and grubbing, the Engineer will provide a temporary bench
mark along the water main route and at all other locations where the alignment
of the water main changes significantly.
c.
Construction Staking
1. The base lines for locating the principal components of the work are
shown on the Drawings. Base lines shall be defined as the line to which
TS-69
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
the location of the water main is referenced, i.e., edge of pavement, road
centerline, property line, right-of-way or survey line. The Contractor
shall be responsible for performing all survey work required for
constructing the water main, including the establishment of base lines
and any detail surveys needed for construction. This work shall include
the staking out of permanent and temporary easements to insure that the
Contractor is not deviating from the designated easements.
2. The level of detail of survey required shall be that which the correct
location of the water main can be established for construction and
verified by the Engineer. Where the location of components of the water
main, e.g. tunnels and fittings, are not dimensioned, the establishment
on the location of these components shall be based upon scaling these
locations from the Drawings with relation to readily identifiable land
marks, e.g., survey reference points, power poles, manholes, etc.
D. Reference Points
1. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary, which includes, but
is not necessarily limited to, installing reference points, in order to
protect and preserve the centerline or baseline established by the
Engineer.
2. Reference points shall be placed, at or no more than three feet, from the
outside of the construction easement or right-of-way. The location of the
reference points shall be recorded in a log with a copy provided to the
Engineer for use, prior to verifying reference point locations. Distances
between reference points and the manhole centerlines shall be accurately
measured to 0.01 foot.
3. The Contractor shall give the Engineer reasonable notice that reference
points are set. The reference point locations must be verified by the
Engineer prior to commencing clearing and grubbing operations.
E. After the Contractor locates and marks the water main centerline or baseline, the
Contractor shall perform clearing and grubbing.
F. Construction shall begin at a connection location and proceed without
interruption. Multiple construction sites shall not be permitted without written
authorization from the Engineer for each site.
G. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to reference points,
base lines, center lines and temporary bench marks, and shall be responsible for
the cost of re-establishment of reference points, base lines, center lines and
temporary bench marks as a result of the operations.
H. Construction Verification Survey allowance: The Construction Verification
Survey cash allowance is solely for the use of the Engineer for verification of the
Contractor IS reference points, center lines and work performed. The presence of
this cash allowance in no way relieves the Contractor of the responsibility of
installing reference points, centerlines, temporary bench marks, providing as-
built drawings, or verifying that the work has been performed accurately.
TS-70
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
3.05
Laying and Jointing Pipe and Accessories
A.
Water mains, valves, hydrants, and appurtenances shall be installed before the
installation of the sub-base course or paving or any other utilities except sanitary
sewer lines.
B.
Lay all pipe and fittings to accurately conform to the lines and grades established
by the Engineer.
c.
Pipe Installation
1. Proper implements, tools and facilities shall be provided for the safe
performance of the Work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be
lowered carefully into the trench by means of slings, ropes or other
suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to
water main materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no
circumstances shall water main materials be dropped or dumped into
the trench.
2. All pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants and other appurtenances shall be
examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before
installation. Defective materials shall be marked and held for inspection
by the Engineer, who may prescribe corrective repairs or reject the
materials.
3. All lumps, blisters and excess coating shall be removed from the socket
and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the
inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and free from dirt, sand,
grit or any foreign materials before the pipe is laid. No pipe containing
dirt shall be laid.
4. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is
being placed in the trench. No debris, tools, clothing or other materials
shall be placed in the pipe at any time.
5. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be
assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall
be secured in place with approved backfill material.
6. It is not mandatory to lay pipe with the bells facing the direction in
which work is progressing.
7. Applying pressure to the top of the pipe, such as with a backhoe bucket,
to lower the pipe to the proper elevation or grade, shall not be permitted.
D. Alignment and Gradient
1. Lay pipe straight in alignment and gradient or follow true curves as
nearly as practicable. Do not deflect any joint more than the maximum
deflection recommended by the manufacturer.
TS-71
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
2. Maintain a transit, level and accessories on the job to layout angles and
ensure that deflection allowances are not exceeded.
E. Expediting of Work: Excavate, lay the pipe, and backfill as closely together as
possible. Do not leave unjointed pipe in the trench overnight. Backfill and
compact the trench as soon as possible after laying and jointing is completed.
Cover the exposed end of the installed pipe each day at the close of work and at
all other times when work is not in progress. If necessary to backfill over the end
of an uncompleted pipe or accessory, close the end with a suitable plug, either
push-on, mechanical joint, restrained joint or as approved by the Engineer.
F. Joint Assembly
1. Push-on, mechanical, flange and restrained type joints shall be
assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe joint within 1,000 feet on either
side of main line valves to insure 100 percent seating of the pipe spigot,
except as noted otherwise.
3. Each restrained joint shall be inspected by the Contractor to ensure that
it has been "homed" 100 percent.
4. The Contractor shall internally inspect each pipe joint to insure proper
assembly for pipe 24-inches in diameter and larger after the pipe has
been brought to final alignment.
G. Cutting Pipe: Cut ductile iron pipe using an abrasive wheel saw. The Contractor
shall cut the pipe and bevel the end, as necessary, to provide the correct length of
pipe necessary for installing the fittings, valves, accessories and closure pieces in
the correct location. Only push-on or mechanical joint pipe shall be cut.
H. Lining Repair: Repair epoxy linings and recoat spigot ends of cut pipe with an
epoxy coating as specified in Part 2 of this Section and as specified below:
1. Remove all burrs and areas of loose lining materials by sanding or
scraping to bare metal.
2. Remove oil and lubricants used during field cutting.
3. Lining shall be stripped back a minimum of l-inch from the spigot end
into well adhered lined areas.
4. Roughen 1 to 2-inches of good lining with a rough grade (40 grit) emery
paper, rasp or small chisel, to allow an overlap between new and
existing lining.
5. Apply lining repair material in the number of coats required to match
the thickness requirements as specified in Part 2 of this Section and in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
TS-72
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
J. Valve and Fitting Installation
1. Prior to installation, valves shall be inspected for direction of opening,
number of turns to open, freedom of operation, tightness of
pressure-containing bolting and test plugs, cleanliness of valve ports and
especially seating surfaces, handling damage and cracks. Defective
valves shall be corrected or held for inspection by the Engineer. Valves
shall be closed before being installed.
2. Valves, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to the pipe in the
manner specified in this Section for cleaning, laying and joining pipe,
except that 12-inch and larger valves shall be provided with special
support, such as treated timbers, crushed stone, concrete pads or a
sufficiently tamped trench bottom so that the pipe will not be required to
support the weight of the valve. Valves shall be installed in the closed
position.
3. A valve box shall be provided on each underground valve. They shall be
carefully set, centered exactly over the operating nut and truly plumbed.
The valve box shall not transmit shock or stress to the valve. The bottom
flange of the lower belled portion of the box shall be placed below the
valve operating nut. This flange shall be set on brick, so arranged that
the weight of the valve box and superimposed loads will bear on the
base and not on the valve or pipe. Extension stems shall be installed
where depth of bury places the operating nut in excess of 24-inches
beneath finished grade so as to set the top of the operating nut 24-inches
below finished grade. The valve box cover shall be flush with the
surface of the finished area or such other level as directed by the
Engineer.
4. In no case shall valves be used to bring misaligned pipe into alignment
during installation. Pipe shall be supported in such a manner as to
prevent stress on the valve.
5. A valve marker shall be provided for each underground valve. Unless
otherwise detailed on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, valve
markers shall be installed 6-inches inside the right-of-way or easement,
and buried to a depth of 30-inches. In addition to a concrete valve marker
where street curbs are installed, a saw cut 1/2" deep "V" notch on top of
curb adjacent to the water valve location is required.
6. A precast concrete vault shall be installed for 24-inch valves and larger.
K. Hydrant Installation
1. Prior to installation, inspect all hydrants for direction of opening, nozzle
threading, operating nut and cap nut dimensions, tightness of
pressure-containing bolting, cleanliness of inlet elbow, handling damage
and cracks. Defective hydrants shall be corrected or held for inspection
by the Engineer.
TS-73
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
2. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with
or at right angles to the roadway, with pumper nozzle facing the
roadway, except that hydrants having two-hose nozzles 90 degrees apart
shall be set with each nozzle facing the roadway at an angle of 45
degrees.
3. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with the centerline of the
lowest nozzle at least 12-inches above the ground or as directed by the
Engineer.
4. Each hydrant shall be connected to the mam with a 6-inch branch
controlled by an independent 6-inch valve.
5. When a hydrant is set in soil that is pervious, drainage shall be provided
at the base of the hydrant by placing coarse gravel or crushed stone
mixed with coarse sand from the bottom of the trench to at least 6-inches
above the drain port opening in the hydrant to a distance of 12-inches
around the elbow.
6. When a hydrant is set in clay or other impervious soil, a drainage pit 2 x
2 x 2 feet shall be excavated below each hydrant and filled with coarse
gravel or crushed stone mixed with coarse sand under and around the
elbow of the hydrant and to a level of 6-inches above the drain port.
7. Hydrants shall be located as shown on the Drawings or as directed by
the Engineer. In the case of hydrants that are intended to fail at the
ground-line joint upon vehicle impact, specific care must be taken to
provide adequate soil resistance to avoid transmitting shock moment to
the lower barrel and inlet connection. In loose or poor load bearing soil,
this may be accomplished by pouring a concrete collar approximately
6-inches thick to a diameter of 24-inches at or near the ground line
around the hydrant barrel.
8. All hydrants shall have fluorescent markings at the curb. Markings shall
not be the same color as markings denoting water meters.
9. FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL NOT BE OPERATED WITH ANY TOOL
EXCEPT A SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FIRE HYDRANT WRENCH. It
is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that all new facilities are
maintained in new condition until final completion of the project and
acceptance by the City. Fire hydrants with damaged operating nuts shall
not be accepted.
10. New fire hydrants, not yet in service, shall be bagged or tagged with
appropriate II out of service" materials. All hydrant openings shall be
capped, except when hydrant is being worked on.
L. Air Valve Vaults
1. Construct the vault or manhole as detailed on the Drawings.
TS-74
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
2. The frame and cover or floor door shall be cast into the top slab or cone.
The floor door drain shall be piped to vault exterior.
3. Vaults and manholes shall be constructed such that their walls are
plumb.
M.
Electronic markers will be provided for all water mains. Electronic markers shall
be installed every 100 linear feet and as needed to establish a change in direction.
Contractor shall program markers at the time of installation according to the
information template specified by the City. Markers shall be programmed prior to
installation, shall be locked to prevent further programming, and shall be buried 2.5
feet below finished grade, but no more than 4 feet below finished grade. The City
shall verify programming and location of all electronic markers, and if placement
and/or programmed information is not satisfactory, Contractor shall be responsible
for replacing and re-installing the marker.
3.06
Connections to Water Mains
A.
Make connections to existing pipe lines with tapping sleeves and valves, unless
specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings.
B.
Tapping Sleeves
1. Holes in the new pipe shall be machine cut, either in the field or at the
factory. No torch cutting of holes shall be permitted.
2. Prior to attaching the sleeve, the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned,
utilizing a brush and rag, as required.
3. Before performing field machine cut, the watertightness of the sleeve
assembly shall be pressure tested. The interior of the assembly shall be
filled with water. An air compressor shall be attached, which will induce
a test pressure of 250 psi. No leakage shall be permitted for a period of
five minutes.
4. After attaching the sleeve to an existing main, but prior to making the
tap, the interior of the assembly shall be disinfected. All surfaces to be
exposed to potable water shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one percent
hypochlorite solution.
C. Connections Using Solid Sleeves: Where connections are shown on the
Drawings using solid sleeves, the Contractor shall furnish materials and labor
necessary to make the connection to the existing pipe line.
D. Connections Using Couplings: Where connections are shown on the Drawings
using couplings, the Contractor shall furnish materials and labor necessary to
make the connection to the existing pipe line, including all necessary cutting,
plugging and backfill.
E. Valve Operating Service: Existing valves may be operated only with the specific
authorization and direct supervision of the City. The only exception is an
emergency situation affecting public health or safety. Any Contractor found
TS-75
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
violating this provision may be subject to prosecution under the Code of City for
tampering with City property. When the Contractor requires valve operating
services for situations other than system shutdowns, e.g. fire hydrant relocations
and service connection relocations, the Contractor shall request such services
from the Department of Public Works at least eight working days in advance of
the service.
F. System Shutdowns and Interruption of Services
1. Shutdowns shall be coordinated directly through the City. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least eight working
days in advance when scheduling the work. When more than eight
working days notice is deemed necessary by the City, the length of such
notice shall be as shown on the Drawings. Scheduling of shutdowns
shall be approved at the discretion of the City. The City reserves the
right to cancel the shutdown if conditions warrant (i.e. heavy rain, main
break, etc.).
2. Contractor will provide "Water Line Maintenance" signs as directed by
the City. Signs will be as specified in Figure 1 at the end of this Section.
3. The City does not at any time guarantee the Contractor a 100 percent
complete shutdown or dry shut. Dewatering shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor.
4. Shutdowns will be permitted Monday through Thursday, exclusive of
City holidays. The Contractor shall perform connections to existing
mains requiring shutdowns at night. Unless otherwise specified by the
City, the hours of the shutdown shall be limited from 12:00 midnight to
6:00 AM. In business districts and other areas of high water usage,
circumstances may dictate limiting the hours of shutdown from 2:00
AM. to 6:00 AM. The excavation for the work shall be completed no
later than 3:30 P.M. on the day prior to the shutdown to allow for
inspection by the City.
5. The materials to be installed and the tools to be used shall be assembled
and ready for inspection no later than 3:30 P.M. on the day prior to the
shutdown. The inside of all water system pipe and fittings to be
installed shall be cleaned and swabbed with a chlorine solution of 50
mg/L, and ends of lines shall be capped until the time of installation. All
visible dirt and foreign materials shall be removed from the interior of
the pipe and fittings. Immediately prior to installation of the assembly,
the pipe and fittings shall again be swabbed with 50 mg/L chlorine
solution. The Contractor shall review in detail his plan of operation with
the Engineer at the time the excavated pipe work is inspected for
readiness.
6. Excavation around the existing pipe shall be sufficient to allow the work
to be performed without requiring additional excavation during the
connection. Excavation shall be of sufficient depth to accommodate atminimum of 8-inches uniform depth of #57 stone which shall be placed
by the Contractor over the entire bottom of the excavation. In addition,
TS-76
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
there shall be a minimum of 12-inches clearance between the bottom of
the pipe and the top of the #57 stone.
7. The Contractor shall clean and mark the locations on the existing pipe
where the pipe cuts are to be made by 3:30 P.M. on the day prior to the
shutdown. The Contractor shall measure the outside diameter of the
pipe to be cut-in to be sure the proposed pipe and fittings are compatible
with the existing pipe to be cut. All measurements shall be double-
checked in the presence of the Engineer just prior to cutting the existing
pipe.
8. The Contractor shall have sufficient crews and equipment on hand to
perform the work for each connection. All equipment to be used during
the work, including, but not limited to, pump, backup pump, backhoe, at
least two pipe saws, fuel, tools, generators, light towers, tanker truck,
etc., shall be test run and determined to be in proper running order prior
to cutting of the existing pipe. If the Contractor fails to provide adequate
equipment in proper running order, the Engineer has the option to
cancel the work, and the Contractor shall request rescheduling when the
deficiencies have been corrected.
9. The Contractor shall have available at the site of the work two full circle
stainless steel repair clamps and two ductile iron mechanical joint plugs
or caps as necessary for each size of pipe to be cut. If plugs or caps are
used, appropriate thrust restraint shall be provided by the Contractor.
10. After an existing main has been taken out of service for the work, the
Contractor shall make continuous progress toward restoring the water
main to full service. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient crews,
equipment, and supplies and shall not leave the work site until the water
main work has been completed and restored to complete operation.
11. Any pump discharge shall be directed in such a manner as to ensure
drainage away from the excavation to prevent flooding of streets or
private property.
12. Hydrant service signs shall be placed by the Contractor on existing
hydrants temporarily taken out of service as directed by the Engineer.
Such signs shall remain in place until removal is approved by the
Engineer.
G.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any additional expense incurred by the
Owner from his failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements. The
Contractor shall anticipate the additional expense in performing the work at
night and under partial shutdown conditions. No claims for additional
compensation shall be made by the Contractor for performing these operations
outside normal working hours and complete shutdown conditions.
3.07
Thrust Restraint
A.
Provide restraint at all points where hydraulic thrust may develop.
TS-77
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
B. Retainer Glands: Provide retainer glands where shown on the Drawings.
Retainer glands shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, particularly, the required torque of the set screws. The
Contractor shall furnish a torque wrench to verify the torque on all set screws
which do not have inherent torque indicators.
C. Hydrants: Hydrants shall be attached to the water main by the following
method:
1. The isolation valve shall be attached to the main by connecting the valve
to the hydrant tee.
2. The isolation valve shall be attached to the hydrant by providing an
anchor coupling between the valve and hydrant, if the hydrant and valve
are less than two feet apart. Otherwise, provide ductile iron pipe with
retainer glands on the hydrant and valve.
D. Thrust Collars: Collars shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings.
Concrete and reinforcing steel shall meet the requirements as specified in this
Section. The split gland megalug or welded-on collar shall be designed to meet
the minimum allowable load shown on the Drawings. The welded-on collar
shall be attached to the pipe by the pipe manufacturer.
E. Concrete Blocking
1. Provide concrete blocking for all bends, tees, valves, and other points
where thrust may develop, except where other exclusive means of thrust
restraint are specifically shown on the Drawings.
2. Concrete shall be as specified in this Section.
3. Form and pour concrete blocking at fittings as shown on the Drawings
and as directed by the Engineer. Pour blocking against undisturbed
earth. Increase dimensions when required by over excavation. The
Contractor shall allow the concrete to set up for a minimum of 4-hours
before backfilling.
F. Harnessing
1. Provide harness rods only where specifically shown on the Drawings or
directed by the Engineer.
2. Harness rods shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM A 36 and
shall have an allowable tensile stress of no less than 22,000 psi. Harness
rods shall be hot dip galvanized or field coated with bitumastic before
backfilling.
3. Where possible, harness rods shall be installed through the mechanical joint
bolt holes. Where it is not possible, provide 90 degree bend eye bolts or
duc-Iugs.
TS-78
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
4. Eye bolts shall be of the same diameter as specified in A WW A Clll for that
pipe size. The eye shall be welded closed. Where eye bolts are used in
conjunction with harness rods, an appropriate size washer shall be utilized
with a nut on each end of the harness rod. Eye bolts shall be of the same
material and coating as the harness rods.
3.08
Inspection and Testing
A.
All sections of the water main subject to internal pressure shall be pressure tested
in accordance with A WW A C600. A section of main will be considered ready for
testing after completion of all thrust restraint and backfilling.
B.
Each segment of water main between main valves shall be tested individually.
c.
Test Preparation
1. The Contractor shall supply the pumps, water, temporary support or
reinforcement as necessary for testing purposes, gauges and meters
calibrated within 90 days of the test, and all the necessary apparatus and
labor. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in
advance of the test date and perform tests in the presence of the
Engineer.
2. For water mains less than 24-inches in diameter, flush sections
thoroughly at flow velocities, greater than 2.5 feet per second, adequate
to remove debris from pipe and valve seats. For water mains 24-inches
in diameter and larger, the main shall be carefully swept clean, and
mopped if directed by the Engineer. Partially operate valves and
hydrants to allow the water to flush the seats.
3. Provide temporary blocking, bulkheads, flanges and plugs as necessary,
to assure all new pipe, valves, and appurtenances will be pressure tested.
Pressure test shall not commence until after thrust restraint has been
installed, the line has been backfilled, and at least seven days has passed
since the last concrete thrust blocking was poured.
4. Fill pipeline slowly with water at a velocity of approximately one foot
per second. Before applying test pressure, air shall be completely
expelled from the pipeline and all appurtenances. Insert corporation
cocks at highpoints to expel air as main is filled with water as necessary
to supplement automatic air valves. Corporation stops shall be
constructed as detailed on the Drawings with a meter box.
5. Provide a suitable pump with an accurate gauge to pump the line to the
specified pressure.
6. The differential pressure across a valve or hydrant shall equal the
maximum possible, but not exceed, the rated working pressure. Where
necessary, provide temporary backpressure to meet the differential
pressure restrictions.
TS-79
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
7. Valves shall not be operated in either the opening or closing direction at
differential pressures above the rated pressure.
8. Pressure shall be applied at intervals not to exceed 2000 feet.
D. Test Pressure: Test the pipeline at 250 psi measured at the lowest point for at
least two hours. Maintain the test pressure within 5 psi of the specified test
pressure for the test duration. Should the pressure drop more than 5 psi at any
time during the test period, the pressure shall be restored to the specified test
pressure. Provide an accurate pressure gauge with graduation not greater than 5
psi. Any exposed pipe, fittings, valves, and joints shall be examined carefully
during the test. Any damaged or defective pipe, fittings, or valves following the
hydrostatic pressure test or leakage test shall be repaired in a manner approved
by the Engineer or replaced with sound material, and the test shall be repeated
until it is satisfactory to the Engineer. Allow the system to stabilize at the test
pressure before conducting the leakage test.
E. Leakage
1. A leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the hydrostatic
pressure test. The leakage test shall be performed with a calibrated
water meter, calibrated pressure gauge, measure container, pump and
water. The Contractor shall provide certification of calibration of testing
devices indicating devices were calibrated within 90 days of actual tests.
All equipment shall be approved by the Engineer prior to performance.
2. Leakage shall be defined as the sum of the quantity of water that must be
pumped into the test section to maintain pressure within 5 psi of the
specified test pressure for the test duration plus water required to return
line to test pressure at the end of the test. Leakage shall be the total
cumulative amount measured on a water meter.
3. The City assumes no responsibility for leakage occurring through
existing valves.
F. Test Results: No test section shall be accepted if the leakage exceeds the limits
determined by the following formula:
L = SD (P)1/2
133,200
Where: L = allowable leakage, in gallons per hour
S = length of pipe tested, in feet
D = nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches
P = average test pressure during the leakage test, in pounds per
square inch (gauge)
As determined under Section 4 of AWWA C600.
If the water main section being tested contains lengths of various pipe diameters,
the allowable leakage shall be the sum of the computed leakage for each
diameter. If any test of pipe laid discloses defects due to hydrostatic pressure
test or leakage greater than that specified, the Contractor shall, at his own
expense, locate and make repairs in a manner approved by the Engineer and
TS-80
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
3.09
3.10
perform tests again until results are within allowable limits. All visible leaks
shall be repaired regardless of leakage test results.
G.
Completion: After a pipeline section has been accepted, relieve test pressure.
Record type, size and location of all outlets on record drawings.
Disinfecting Pipeline
A.
After successfully pressure testing each pipeline section, disinfect in accordance
with A WW A C651 for the continuous-feed method and these Specifications.
B.
Specialty Contractor: Disinfection shall be performed by an approved specialty
contractor. Before disinfection is performed, the Contractor shall submit a
written procedure for approval before being permitted to proceed with the
disinfection. This plan shall also include the steps to be taken for the
neutralization of the chlorinated water.
c.
Chlorination
1. Apply chlorine solution to achieve a concentration of at least 25
milligrams per liter free chlorine in new line. Retain chlorinated water
for 24 hours. Water shall be supplied from a temporary source protected
by appropriate backflow prevention devices. Backflow preventer must be
approved by the City prior to connection. Chlorine shall be injected no
more than ten feet from the beginning of the new main.
2. Chlorine concentration shall be recorded at every outlet along the line at
the beginning and end of the 24 hour period.
3. After 24 hours, all samples of water shall contain at least 10 milligrams
per liter free chlorine. Re-chlorinate if required results are not obtained
on all samples.
D.
Disposal of Chlorinated Water: Reduce chlorine residual of disinfection water to
less than one milligram per liter if discharged directly to a body of water or to
less than two milligrams per liter if discharged onto the ground prior to disposal.
Treat water with sulfur dioxide or other reducing chemicals to neutralize
chlorine residual. Flush all lines until residual is equal to existing system.
E.
Bacteriological Testing: After final flushing and before the water main is placed
in service, the Contractor shall collect samples from the line and have tested for
bacteriological quality in accordance with the rules of the Georgia Department of
Natural Resources, Environmental Protection Division. One set of samples shall
be collected from every 1,200 feet of water main, plus one set from each end of main
and one set from each branch. Testing shall be performed by the City's water
laboratory. Re-chlorinate lines until required results are obtained.
Protection and Restoration of Work Area
A.
General: Return all items and all areas disturbed, directly or indirectly by work
under these Specifications, to their original condition or better, as quickly as
possible after work is started.
TS-81
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
1. The Contractor shall plan, coordinate, and prosecute the work such that
disruption to personal property and business is held to a practical
minimum.
2. All construction areas abutting lawns and yards of residential or
commercial property shall be restored promptly. Backfilling of
underground facilities, ditches, and disturbed areas shall be
accomplished on a daily basis as work is completed. Finishing, dressing,
and grassing shall be accomplished immediately thereafter, as a
continuous operation within each area being constructed and with
emphasis placed on completing each individual yard or business
frontage. Care shall be taken to provide positive drainage to avoid
ponding or concentration of runoff.
3. Handwork, including raking and smoothing, shall be required to ensure
that the removal of roots, sticks, rocks, and other debris is removed in
order to provide a neat and pleasing appearance.
4. The Department of Transportation's engineer shall be authorized to stop
all work by the Contractor when restoration and cleanup are
unsatisfactory and to require appropriate remedial measures.
B. Man-Made Improvements: Protect, or remove and replace with the Engineer's
approval, all fences, walkways, mail boxes, pipe lines, drain culverts, power and
telephone lines and cables, property pins and other improvements that may be
encountered in the Work.
C. Cultivated Growth: Do not disturb cultivated trees or shrubbery unless
approved by the Engineer. Any such trees or shrubbery which must be removed
shall be heeled in and replanted under the direction of an experienced
nurseryman.
D. Cutting of Trees: Do not cut trees for the performance of the work except as
absolutely necessary. Protect trees that remain in the vicinity of the work from
damage from equipment. Do not store spoil from excavation against the trunks.
Remove excavated material stored over the root system of trees within 30 days to
allow proper natural watering of the root system. Repair any damaged tree over
3-inches in diameter, not to be removed, under the direction of an experienced
nurseryman. All trees and brush that require removal shall be promptly and
completely removed from the work area and disposed of by the Contractor. No
stumps, wood piles, or trash piles will be permitted on the work site.
E. Disposal of Rubbish: Dispose of all materials cleared and grubbed during the
construction of the Project in accordance with the applicable codes and rules of
the appropriate City, state and federal regulatory agencies.
F. Swamps and Other Wetlands
1. The Contractor shall not construct permanent roadbeds, berms, drainage
structures or any other structures which alter the original topographic
features within the easement.
TS-82
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
2. All temporary construction or alterations to the original topography will
incorporate measures to prevent erosion into the surrounding swamp or
wetland. All areas within the easement shall be returned to their original
topographic condition as soon as possible after work is completed in the
area. All materials of construction and other non-native materials shall be
disposed by the Contractor.
3. The Contractor shall provide temporary culverts or other drainage
structures, as necessary, to permit the free migration of water between
portions of a swamp, wetland or stream which may be temporarily divided
by construction.
4. The Contractor shall not spread, discharge or dump any fuel oil, gasoline,
pesticide, or any other pollutant to adjacent swamps or wetlands.
3.11
Abandoning Existing Water Mains
A
General: Abandon in place all existing water main segments indicated on the
Drawings to be abandoned. Perform abandonment after the new water main has
been placed in service and all water main services have been changed over to the
new main. Salvage for the City, existing fire hydrants, valve boxes, valve markers,
and other materials indicated on the Drawings or located on water mains
abandoned.
B.
Capping and Plugging
1. Where existing water mains are proposed for abandonment and where
portions of the water distribution system must be shut down, the
Contractor will only be permitted to perform cut and plug operations on
Monday through Thursday between the hours of 12:00 midnight and 6:00
AM. Furthermore, the City does not guarantee a complete shutdown of
the distribution system should a shutdown be necessary. The Contractor
shall anticipate cut and plug operations having to be carried out with the
system under partial pressure and provide additional equipment as
necessary for such an operation at no additional cost to the City.
2. Disconnect by sawing or cutting and removing a segment of existing pipe
where cutting and capping or plugging is shown on the Drawings or
directed by the Engineer. Provide a watertight pipe cap or plug and
concrete blocking for restraint to seal off existing mains indicated to remain
in service. Seal ends of existing mains to be abandoned with a pipe cap or
plug or with a masonry plug and minimum 6-inch cover of concrete on all
sides around the end of the pipe. The Contractor shall be responsible for
uncovering and verifying the size and material of the existing main to be
capped or plugged.
C. Salvaging Materials: Salvage existing fire hydrants, valve boxes, valve markers and
other materials as indicated on the Drawings and deliver salvaged items in good
condition to the City's storage yard. Coordinate delivery and placement of
salvaged materials in advance with the City.
TS-83
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
D. Blow-Off Piping: Remove existing blow-off piping, located on segments of water
mains to be abandoned, to a minimum of two feet below finished grade. Seal the
end of remaining piping as specified above in paragraph B. Blow-off piping
removed becomes the property of the Contractor.
E. Pavement Removal and Replacement: Perform any necessary pavement removal
and replacement in accordance with the details on the Drawings and Section 02575
of these Specifications.
TS-84
WATER MAIN REPLACEMENTS FOR FORT GORDON
RECREATION AREA AT LAKE THURMOND
Section 33 1113
Public Water Utility Distribution Piping
FIGURE 1
/-
6'1 Wate-rl Line
I M · ti 0 :
6" 81n enance
4'
-I
4'
I
4IWATER OFF:
I
I
Date
101
4IOFF APP~OX. HRS.
4" X 4" POST
WATER LINE
MAINTENANCE
SIGN
END OF SECTION
TS-85
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 33 12 19
WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION FIRE HYDRANTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCES
A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:
1. Augusta Utilities Department's "Water & Sanitary Sewer Systems-Guidelines"
(most recent edition); available at
/ /www.augustaga.gov / departments/planning_zoning/ dev _docs.asp. In the
event that any specific item of work is not covered in this specification the
above referenced document shall govern.
2. American Water Works Association (AWWA):
a. C502, Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants.
b. C600, Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances.
3. ASTM International (ASTM): C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed
Concrete.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A.
Action Submittals: Catalog cuts of system components.
B.
Informational Submittal: Certificate of Compliance: Upon completion of the system
installation, Contractor to verify all fire department hose connections, and check all
fire safety devices to ensure their readiness for emergency connection and operation.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 FIRE HYDRANTS
A. Hydrant:
1. Break flange or safety top type.
2. Nominal 5-1/ 4-inch main valve opening with 6-inch bottom connections.
3. Conform to A WW A C502.
4. Two 2-1 /2-inch hose nozzles.
5. One 4-I/2-inch pumper nozzle.
6. Operating Nuts: I-I/2-inch National Standard pentagon nut.
7. Mechanical joint inlet connection.
8. Yellow above ground line.
9. Integral Davidson Anti-Terrorist Valve.
10. Manufacturer and Product:
a. Mueller; # A-240I8
b. M&H Figure I29T
c. American A VK 2700 Series
B. Main Valve:
1.
2.
3.
Depth of Bury: 4 feet.
Equip with O-ring seals.
Valve opens on clockwise/ counterclockwise rotation as specified on drawings.
WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION
TS-86 FIRE HYDRANTS
33 12 19
REVISION JULY 2008
AUGUST A UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
4. U.s. Pipe Metro-Seal 250 Resilient Seated Gate Valve
2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE PIER BLOCK
A. Nominal dimensions of 8-inch thickness by I6-inch square base.
B. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days.
2.03 GRAVEL FOR DRAINAGE
A. Washed 3/4-inch drainage gravel. Free of organic matter, sand, loam, clay, and other
small particles that will restrict water flow through gravel.
2.04 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION MATERIAL
A. Furnish when existing trench material or imported pipe base material will not
support soft or flooded spots in excavated trench.
B. Maximum 3-inch hard rock free from excessive clay material, but enough fines to
bind larger fragments.
2.05 CONCRETE FOR THRUST BLOCKING
A. Ready-mix meeting ASTM C94, Alternative 2.
B. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days.
C. Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches.
D. Slump: 2 to 4 inches.
2.06 THRUST TIES
A. 31 4-inch diameter steel rods.
B. Duc-Lugs Manufacturer: The Stellar Corp., Columbus, OH.
2.07 MECHANICAL WEDGE ACTION TYPE JOINT:
A. Prior to purchase and installation, type and application of this joint shall be approved
by Engineer.
B. Manufacturers and Products:
1. EBAA Iron; Mega-Lug
2. Smith-Blair, Inc.; 111 Cam-Lock
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install hydrants in accordance with Sections 3.7 and 3.8 of AWWA C600, unless
specified otherwise.
33 12 19
REVISION JULY 2008
TS-87
WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION
FIRE HYDRANTS
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.02 EXCA V A TION
A. Excavate to subgrade. Fill over excavated areas with foundation stabilization
material. Tamp to provide firm foundation.
3.03 BASE BLOCK
A. Place on firm, level sub grade to ensure uniform support.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF HYDRANTS
A. Locate hydrants to provide accessibility and to minimize potential damage from
vehicles.
1. Relocate improperly set hydrants.
2. Hydrant Located behind Curbs: Set barrel so pumper nozzle or hose nozzle
caps are a minimum of 18 inches from gutter face of curb.
3. Hydrant Located in Space between Curb and Sidewalk: Not less than 8 inches,
clear from sidewalks.
4. Hydrant Located between Sidewalk and Property Line: Minimum clearance
8 inches from sidewalk.
5. Set hydrants so safety flange is a minimum of 2 inches above finished ground
or sidewalk level.
B. Place hydrant on base block carefully to prevent the base block from breaking.
C. Joints shall conform to Section 3.4 of AWWA C600 when cast or ductile iron pipe is
used.
D. Maintain hydrant in a plumb position during subsequent Work.
E. Hydrant valve not to exceed 4 feet from main line tee unless specifically approved by
the Owner's representative.
3.05 GRAVEL FOR DRAINAGE
A. Place gravel around base block and hydrant bottom in accordance with Section 3.7 of
AWWA C600.
3.06 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING
A. Place blocking after hydrant is set in final position and joined to pipe.
B. Concrete thrust block shall have a minimum of 4 square feet of bearing area against
undisturbed earth.
3.07 THRUST TIES
A. Install thrust ties in lieu of concrete thrust blocking when ground surface behind
hydrant is less than 2 feet above top of hydrant base.
1. Install two tie rods between main valve and hydrant.
2. Install mechanical joint glands with lugs in joints between hydrant, main
valve and main line tee.
33 12 19
REVISION JULY 2008
WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION
FIRE HYDRANTS
TS-88
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2.02 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish chemicals and equipment, such as pumps and hoses, to accomplish
disinfection.
B. Water used to fill pipeline may be supplied using a temporary connection to existing
distribution system. Provide protection against cross-connections as required by
AWWA C651.
2.03 DISINFECTANT
A.
The following disinfectant product(s) shall not be used: chlorine gas.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Conform to A WW A C65I for pipes and pipelines, except as modified in these
Specifications.
B. Disinfect the following items installed or modified under this Project, intended to
hold, transport, or otherwise contact potable water:
1. Pipelines: Disinfect new pipelines that connect to existing pipelines up to point
of connection.
2. Disinfect surfaces of materials that will contact finished water, both during and
following construction, using one of the methods described in A WW A C652
and C653. Disinfect prior to contact with finished water. Take care to avoid
recontamination following disinfection.
C. Prior to application of disinfectants, clean pipelines of loose and suspended material.
D. Allow freshwater and disinfectant solution to flow into pipe or vessel at a measured
rate so chlorine-water solution is at specified strength. Do not place concentrated
liquid commercial disinfectant in pipeline or other facilities to be disinfected before it
is filled with water.
E. Owner will supply sufficient potable water and testing for the Contractor to complete
the initial execution outlined in this section. The Contractor is responsible to the
Owner for the costs of additional potable water and testing due to failure of the initial
tests.
3.02 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Commence initial disinfection after completion of following:
1. Completion and acceptance of internal painting of system(s).
2. Hydrostatic and pneumatic testing, pressure testing, functional and
performance testing and acceptance of pipelines, pumping systems, structures,
and equipment.
3. Disinfection of:
a. Pumps and associated system piping.
b. Treatment plant basins and processes used to supply water to system.
33 13 00
REVISION JULY 2008
TS-91
DISINFECTION OF WATER
UTILITY DISTRIBUTION
AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.06 DISPOSAL OF HEAVILY CHLORINATED WATER
A. Do not allow flow into a waterway without neutralizing disinfectant residual.
B. See the appendix of A WW A C65I or C652 as applicable for acceptable neutralization
methods.
3.07 TESTING
A. Collection of Samples:
1. Coordinate activities to allow Samples to be taken in accordance with this
Specification.
2. Provide valves at sampling points.
3. Provide access to sampling points.
4. The Owner's laboratory will obtain the Samples.
B. Test Equipment:
1. The Owner's laboratory will provide the testing equipment.
C. Chlorine Concentration Sampling and Analysis:
1. The Owner's laboratory will collect and analyze Samples in accordance with
pertinent A WW A sections.
2. Sampling Frequency for Disinfecting Solution: 2 Samples per segment tested.
3. Residual Free Chlorine Samples: 2 Samples per segment tested.
4. Dechlorinated Disinfecting Wastewater Residual Samples: as necessary.
5. Sampling Locations: as determined by the Owner /Engineer.
6. Analysis to be performed by the Owner's laboratory. Samples will be analyzed
for free chlorine as described in latest edition of Standard Methods for
Examination of Water and Wastewater.
D. After tanks, reservoirs, pumps, and pipelines have been cleaned, disinfected, and
refilled with potable water, Owner will take water Samples and have them analyzed
for conformance to bacterial limitations for public drinking water supplies.
1. Samples shall be collected in accordance with applicable A WW A Standard.
2. Samples shall be analyzed for coliform concentrations in accordance with latest
edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.
3. A minimum of two Samples on each of 2 consecutive days from each separable
structure and every 1,000 feet of pipeline shall be obtained and analyzed by
standard procedures outlined by state and local regulatory agencies.
4. Sampling points shall be representative and accepted by the Owner/Engineer.
5. Initial samples at each location to be scheduled on a Monday, Tuesday, or
Wednesday unless a deviation is specifically approved by the Owner.
6. Contractor shall provide the Owner a minimum of 48-hours notice prior to the
initiation of the sampling process.
E. If minimum Samples required above are bacterially positive, disinfecting procedures
and bacteriological testing shall be repeated until bacterial limits are met.
END OF SECTION
33 13 00
REVISION JULY 2008
TS-93
DISINFECTION OF WATER
UTILITY DISTRIBUTION